Donate
 
   
Select your prefered input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Root Search
  
"ṣad" has 3 results.
    
        Root Word (Pāṇini Dhātupāṭha:)Full Root MarkerSenseClassSutra
√ṣad[āṅaḥ] ṣadaḥpadyarthe10223
√ṣadṣadviśaraṇagatyavasādaneṣu1583
√ṣadṣadviśaraṇagatyavasādaneṣu6134
     Amarakosha Search  
23 results
     
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
amaraḥ1.1.7-9MasculineSingularnirjaraḥ, vibudhaḥ, sumanasaḥ, āditeyaḥ, aditinandanaḥ, asvapnaḥ, gīrvāṇaḥ, daivatam, devaḥ, suraḥ, tridiveśaḥ, diviṣad, ādityaḥ, amartyaḥ, dānavāriḥ, devatā, tridaśaḥ, suparvā, divaukāḥ, lekhaḥ, ṛbhuḥ, amṛtāndhāḥ, vṛndārakaḥimmortal
āpaṇaḥFeminineSingularniṣad
bheṣajam2.6.50NeuterSingularjāyuḥ, auṣadham, bhaiṣajyam, agadaḥ
dhūrtaḥ2.10.44MasculineSingularakṣadhūrttaḥ, dyūtakṛt, akṣadevī, kitavaḥ
himāṃśuḥ1.3.13-14MasculineSingularśaśadharaḥ, induḥ, sudhāṃśuḥ, niśāpatiḥ, somaḥ, kalānidhiḥ, nakṣatreśaḥ, candramāḥ, kumudabāndhavaḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, abjaḥ, glauḥ, dvijarājaḥ, kṣapākaraḥ, candraḥ, vidhuḥ, oṣadhīśaḥ, jaivātṛkaḥ, mṛgāṅkaḥthe moon
laśunamNeuterSingularariṣṭaḥ, mahākandaḥ, rasonakaḥ, mahauṣadham, gṛñjanaḥ
mārjāraḥ2.2.7MasculineSingularotuḥ, viḍālaḥ, vṛṣadaṃśakaḥ, ākhubhuk
prāḍvivākaḥ2.8.5MasculineSingularakṣadarśakaḥ
rāṣṭaḥ3.3.192MasculineSingularpadmam, karihastāgram, tīrthaḥ, vādyabhāṇḍamukham, oṣadhiviśeṣaḥ, jalam, vyoma, khaḍgaphalam
śaṃbhuḥMasculineSingularkapardī, kapālabhṛt, virūpākṣaḥ, sarvajñaḥ, haraḥ, tryambakaḥ, andhakaripuḥ, vyomakeśaḥ, sthāṇuḥ, ahirbudhnyaḥ, paśupatiḥ, mahānaṭaḥ, maheśvaraḥ, īśānaḥ, bhūteśaḥ, giriśaḥ, kṛttivāsāḥ, ugraḥ, śitikaṇṭhaḥ, mahādevaḥ, kṛśānuretāḥ, nīlalohitaḥ, bhargaḥ, gaṅgādharaḥ, vṛṣadhvajaḥ, bhīmaḥ, umāpatiḥ, īśaḥ, gajāriḥ, śūlī, śarvaḥ, candraśekharaḥ, girīśaḥ, mṛtyuñjayaḥ, prathamādhipaḥ, śrīkaṇṭhaḥ, vāmadevaḥ, trilocanaḥ, dhūrjaṭiḥ, smaraharaḥ, tripurāntakaḥ, kratudhvaṃsī, bhavaḥ, rudraḥ, aṣṭamūrtiḥ, śivaḥ, īśvaraḥ, śaṅkaraḥ, khaṇḍaparaśuḥ, mṛḍaḥ, pinākī(51)shiva, god
sarpaḥ1.8.6-8MasculineSingulardvirasanaḥ, kumbhīnasaḥ, bhogadharaḥ, bhujaṅgaḥ, āśīviṣaḥ, vyālaḥ, gūḍhapāt, phaṇī, dandaśūkaḥ, pannagaḥ, pavanāśanaḥ, gokarṇaḥ, phaṇadharaḥ, pṛdākuḥ, ahiḥ, viṣadharaḥ, sarīsṛpaḥ, cakṣuḥśravā, darvīkaraḥ, bileśayaḥ, bhogī, lelihānaḥ, kañcukī, hariḥ, bhujagaḥ, bhujaṅgamaḥ, cakrī, kuṇḍalī, kākodaraḥ, dīrghapṛṣṭhaḥ, uragaḥ, jihvagaḥa snake or serpent
śuṇḍī2.9.38FeminineSingularmahauṣadham, ‍viśvam, nāgaram, viśvabheṣajam
śvasanaḥMasculineSingularvāyuḥ, pṛṣadaśvaḥ, anilaḥ, mārutaḥ, samīraṇaḥ, pavanaḥ, mātariśvā, gandhavahaḥ, āśugaḥ, marut, nabhasvān, pavamānaḥ, sparśanaḥ, sadāgatiḥ, gandhavāhaḥ, samīraḥ, jagatprāṇaḥ, vātaḥ, prabhañjanaḥair or wind
viśvāFeminineSingularupaviṣā, aruṇā, śṛṅgī, viṣā, mahauṣadham, prativiṣā, ativiṣā
niṣadvaraḥ1.10.9MasculineSingularjambālaḥ, paṅkaḥ, śādaḥ, kardamaḥmud or clay
pakṣadvāramNeuterSingularpakṣakaḥ
oṣadhiḥFeminineSingular
auṣadhiḥFeminineSingular
auṣadhamNeuterSingular
yakṣadhūpaḥ2.6.128MasculineSingularsarjarasaḥ, rālaḥ, sarvarasaḥ, bahurūpaḥ
pṛṣadājyam2.7.26NeuterSingular
jīvanauṣadhamNeuterSingularjīvātuḥ
upaniṣad3.3.100FeminineSingulariṣṭam, madhuram
     Apte Search  
54 results
     
atharvan अथर्वन् m. [अथ-ऋ-वनिप् शकन्ध्वादि˚ Tv.; probably connected with some word like athar fire] 1 A priest who has to worship fire and Soma. -2 A Brāhmaṇa. -3 N. of the priest who is said to have first brought down fire from the heaven, offered Soma and recited prayers. [He is represented as the eldest son of Brahmā sprung from his mouth; as a Prajāpati appointed by Brahmā to create and protect sub-ordinate beings, who first learnt from Brahmā and then taught the Brahmavidyā and is considered to be the author of the Veda called after him. His wife was Śānti, daughter of Kardama Prajāpati. He had also another wife called Chitti; he is also considered identical with Aṅgiras and father of Agni.] -4 Epithet of Śiva, Vasiṣṭha. वृतपदपङ्क्तिरथर्वणेव वेदः Kir. 1.1. -(pl.) Descendants of Atharvan; hymns of this Veda; जिष्णुं जैत्रैरथर्वभिः R.17.13. -र्वा-र्व m. n., ˚वेदः The Atharvaveda, regarded as the fourth Veda. [It contains many forms of imprecations for the destruction of enemies and also contains a great number of prayers for safety and averting mishaps, evils, sins or calamities, and a number of hymns, as in the other Vedas, addressed to the gods with prayers to be used at religious and solemn rites; cf. Mv.2.24. मूर्तिमभिरामघोरां बिभ्रदिवाथर्वणो निगमः. It has nine Śākhās and five Kalpas, and is comprised in 2 Kāṇḍas. The most important Brāhmaṇa belonging to this Veda is the Gopatha Brāhmaṇa, and the Upaniṣads pertaining to it are stated to be 52, or, according to another account 31.] [cf. Zend atharvan, Pers. áturbán.] -Comp. -अधिपः N. of बुध Mercury (सामवेदाधिपो भौमः शशिजो$- थर्ववेदराट्). -निधिः, -विढ् m. receptacle of the (knowledge of) Atharvaveda, or conversant with it; गुरुणा- $थर्वविदा कृतक्रियः R.8.4.1.59; (अथर्वविधिपदेन दुरितोपशमन- निमित्तशान्तिकपौष्टिकप्रवीणत्वं पौरोहित्यो चितत्वं द्योत्यते Malli.) -भूताः (pl.) those who have become Atharvans, Names of the 12 Maharṣis. -शिखा, -शिरस् n. (अथर्वणो वेदस्य शिखा शिर इव वा ब्रह्मविद्याप्रतिपादकत्वेन श्रेष्ठत्वात्) N. of an Upaniṣad dealing with Brahmavidyā. अथर्वशिरसो$ध्येता ब्रह्मचारी यतव्रतः Mb.13.9.29. -संहिता A text of collection of hymns of अथर्ववेद. अथर्वसंहितायाजी विदधे विधिवद्धुतम् Bm.1.869.
advaita अद्वैत a. [न. ब.] 1 Not dual; of one or uniform nature, equable, unchanging; ˚तं सुखदुःखयोः U.1.39. -2 Matchless, peerless, sole, only, unique. -तम् [न. त.] 1 Non-duality, identity; especially that of Brahman with the universe or with the soul, or of soul and matter; See अद्वय also. -2 The supreme or highest truth or Brahman itself. -3 N. of an Upaniṣad; अद्वैतेन solely, without any duplicity. -Comp. -आनन्दः (अद्वय˚) 1 the joy arising from a knowledge of the identity of the universe and the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of an author and Founder of the Vaiṣṇava sect in Bengal, flourished at the close of the 15th century. -वादिन् = अद्वयवादिन् q. v. above; a Vedāntin.
adhyātma अध्यात्म a. [आत्मन. संबद्धं, आत्मनि अधिकृतं वा] Belonging to self or person; concerning an individual. -त्मम् ind. [आत्मानमधिकृत्य] Concerning self. -त्मम् The supreme spirit (manifested as the individual self) or the relation between the supreme and the individual soul; अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमं स्वभावो$ध्यात्ममुच्यते Bg.8.3 (स्वस्यैव ब्रह्मण एवांशतया जीवस्वरूपेण भावो भवनं स एव आत्मानं देहमधिकृत्य भोक्तृ- त्वेन वर्तमानो$ध्यात्मशब्देनोच्यते Śrīdhara) 'Brahman is the supreme, the indestructible; its manifestation (as an individual self) is अध्यात्म' -Telang's Bhagavadgītā; -त्मन् 1 Egotism; कर्माण्यध्यात्मना रुद्रे यदहं ममता क्रिया Bhāg. 7.12.29. -2 Wind; स्पर्शमध्यात्मनि त्वचम् Bhāg.7.12.27. ˚चेतसा Bg.3.3. -Comp. -ज्ञानम्-विद्या knowledge of the supreme spirit or आत्मन्, theosophical or metaphysical knowledge (the doctrines taught by the Upaniṣads &c.); ˚विद्या विद्यानां वादः प्रवदतामहम् Bg.1.32 (अध्यात्मविद्या न्यायवैशेषिकमते देहभिन्नत्वेन, सांख्यादिमते प्रकृतिभिन्नत्वेन आत्मनः स्वरूपादिप्रतिपादिका, वेदान्तिमते तु ब्रह्माभिन्नत्वेन इति भेदः; सर्वेषां मते$पि आत्मतत्त्वज्ञानरूपत्वात्तस्या अध्यात्मविद्यात्वम्.). त्रयी विग्रह- वत्येव सममध्यात्मविद्यया M.1.14; -वृश्-विद् n. [अध्यात्मं पश्यति वेत्ति वा] one proficient in this knowledge; न ह्यन- ध्यात्मवित्कश्चित् क्रियाफलमुपाश्रुते Ms.6.82. -योगः [आत्मानं क्षेत्रज्ञमधिकृत्य योगः] concentration of the mind on the Ātman drawing it off from all objects of sense. -रति a. [स. ब.] one who delights in the contemplation of the supreme spirit; अध्यात्मरतिरासीनो निरपेक्षो निरामिषः । आत्मनैव सहायेन सुखार्थी विचरेदिह ॥ Ms.6.49. -रामायणम् N. of a Rāmāyaṇa which treats of the relation between the supreme and the individual soul, while it narrates Rāma's story. It forms part of the Brahmāṇḍa Purāṇa.
anuttara अनुत्तर a. [नास्ति उत्तरो यस्मात्] 1 Principal, chief. -2 Best, excellent; अनुत्तराणि विलसितानि Dk.162 unsurpassed. शरीरसौख्यार्थमनुत्तरस्य निपेततुर्मूर्धनि तस्य सौम्ये । Bu. ch.1.35. -3 [नास्ति उत्तरं यस्य] Without a reply, silent, unable to answer; भवत्यवज्ञा च भवत्यनुत्तरात् Naiṣadha. -4 Fixed, firm (न उत्तरति चलति). अर्थ्यं तथ्यं हितं वाक्यं लघुयुक्तमनुत्तरम् Mb.2.2.5. -5 Low, inferior, base, mean. -6 Southern. -रम् [न. त.] No reply, a reply which, being evasive, is considered to be no reply. -राः (pl.) A class of gods among Jainas (˚उपपातिक). -उपपातिकदशाः f. Title of the ninth aṅga of the Jainas treating of those gods. -रा The south. ...अनुत्तरः । नोदीच्यां नोपरि श्रेष्ठे...। Nm. -Comp. -योगतन्त्रम् Title of the last of the four Bauddhatantras.
anubhūtiḥ अनुभूतिः f. 1 Perception, apprehension, experience. -2 (In Nyāya) Knowledge derived from four sources: namely direct perception, inference, comparison, and verbal knowledge; see Bhāṣā. P.51,52. -3 Dignity, consequence. -Comp. -प्रकाशः N. of the metrical gloss or paraphrase of the principal Upaniṣads by Mādhavāchārya. -स्वरूपाचार्यः N. of the author of the grammar Sārasvata-prakriyā.
antar अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च] 1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under. -2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, betwixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य). -3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11. -4 It is frequently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the interior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c. -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;]. -Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.). -अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr. -अंङ्ग a. 1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra. -2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk. -3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l. (-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior. -2 an intimate friend, near or confidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159. -3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman. -4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29. -अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62. -आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads). -आकूतम् secret or hidden intention. -आगमः an additional augment between two letters, -आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31. -आत्मन् m. (त्मा) 1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं ...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95. -2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the interior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21. -आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town. -आय, -आल; See s. v. -आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24. -इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense. -उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode. -करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds : मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता. -कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists). -कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (-लः) a conch-shell. -कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body. -कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी. -कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3. -2 inward wrath, secret anger. -कोशम् the interior of a storeroom. -गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore). -गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्). -गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्. -गर्भ a. 1 bearing young, pregnant. -2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्. -गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87. -गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle. -गूढ a. concealed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart. -गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.] 1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house. -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति. -घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (-नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.). -घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78. -चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7. -ज a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.). -जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach. -जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्). -जात a. inborn, innate. -जानु ind. between the knees. -जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75. -ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge. -ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (-स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman. -ज्वलनम् inflammation. (-नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety. -ताप a. burning inwardly (-पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13. -दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation. -दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः). -दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79. -दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām. -2 inflammation. -दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart; -दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart. -दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself. -देशः an intermediate region of the compass. -द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्). -धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v. -नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām. -निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6. -निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8. -निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation. -पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives. -पथ a. Ved. being on the way. -पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word. -पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः -पिरधानम् the innermost garment. -पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh). -पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel. -पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.). -पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.). -2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty. -पातित, -पातिन् a. 1 inserted. -2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2. -पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel. -पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace. -पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्] 1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1. -2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर, -अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamberlain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned :- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem. -पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (-कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K. -पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it regularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period. -पूय a. ulcerous. -पेयम् Ved. drinking up. -प्रकृतिः f. 1 the internal nature or constitution of man. -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king. -3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51. -प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93. -प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul. -प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior. -बाष्प a. 1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (-ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5. -भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately. -भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions). -भूमिः f. interior of the earth. -भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.' -भौम a. subterranean, underground. -मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -मनस् a. 1 sad, disconsolate, dejected, distracted. -2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation. -मुख a. (-खी f.) 1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26. -2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि). -3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः). -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (-खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna. -मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the several letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body. -मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion. -मृत a. still-born. -यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras. -यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice. -2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br. -यामिन् m. 1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c. -2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up. -योगः deep meditation, abstraction -लम्ब a. acute-angular. (-बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle). -लीन a. 1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1. -2 inherent. -लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (-मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered. -वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v. -वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8. -वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (-णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5. -वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior. -वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13. -वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in -वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम). -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an undergarment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52. -वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly. -वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्). -विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration. -विद्वस् a. Ved. (विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7. -वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever. -वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (-दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land. -वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house. -वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain. -वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21. -शरः internal arrow or disease. -शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body. -शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside. -शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain. -श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br. -संज्ञ a. inwardly conscious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49. -सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚त्त्वा) 1 a pregnant woman. -2 the marking nut. -सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret. -सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51. -सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9. -सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (-रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus). -सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24 -सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies. -स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (-स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called because they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह). -स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs. -2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear. -स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut). -हणनम् striking in the middle. -हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk. -हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand. -हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand. -हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile. -हृदयम् the interior of the heart.
amṛta अमृत a. 1 Not dead; अमृते जारजः कुण्डः Ak. -2 Immortal; अपाम सोममृता अभूम Rv.8.48.3; U.1.1. ब्रह्मणो हि प्रतिष्ठाहममृतस्याव्ययस्य च Bg.14.27. -3 Imperishable, Indestructible, eternal. -4 Causing immortality. -5 Beautiful, agreeable, desired. पाञ्चजन्याभिषिक्तश्च राजा$- मृतमुखो$भवत् Mb.12.4.17. -तः 1 A god, an immortal, deity. आरुरोह यथा देवः सोमो$मृतमयं रथम् Mb.12.37.44. -2 N. of Dhanvantari, physician of the gods; also N. of Indra, of the sun, of Prajāpati, of the soul, Viṣṇu and Śiva. -3 N. of a plant (वनमुद्ग, Mar. मटकी) -4 N. of the root of a plant (वाराहीकन्द, Mar. डुकरकंद). -ता 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 N. of various plants; e. g. आमलकी, हरीतकी, गुडूची, मागधी, तुलसी, इन्द्रवारुणी, ज्योतिष्मती, गोरक्षदुग्धा, अतिविषा, रक्तत्रिवृत्, दूर्वा, स्थूलमांसहरीतकी. -3 N. of one of the Nāḍīs in the body; नाडीनामुदयक्रमेण जगतः पञ्चामृताकर्षणात् Māl.5.2. -5 One of the rays of the sun; सौरीभिरिव नाडीभिरमृताख्याभिरम्मयः R.1.58. -तम् 1 (a) Immortality, imperishable state; न मृत्युरासीदमृतं न तर्हि Rv.1.129.2; Ms.22.85. (b) Final beatitude, absolution; तपसा किल्विषं हन्ति विद्ययामृतमश्रुते Ms.12.14; स श्रिये चामृताय चAk. -2 The collective body of immortals. -3 (a) The world of immortality, Paradise, Heaven; the power of eternity, immortal light, eternity. -4 Nectar of immortality, ambrosia, beverage of the gods (opp. विष) supposed to be churned out of the ocean; देवासुरैरमृतमम्बुनिधिर्ममन्थे Ki.5.3; विषादप्यमृतं ग्राह्यम् Ms.2.239; विषमप्यमृतं क्वचिद्भवेदमृतं वा विषमीश्वरेच्छया R.8.46; oft. used in combination with words like वाच्, वचनम्, वाणी &c; कुमारजन्मामृतसंमिताक्षरम् R.3.16; आप्यायितो$सौ वचनामृतेन Mb.; अमृतं शिशिरे वह्निरमृतं क्षीरभोजनम् Pt.1.128 the height of pleasure or gratification. -5 The Soma juice. -6 Antidote against poison. -7 The residue or leavings of a sacrifice (यज्ञशेष); विघसाशी भवेन्नित्यं नित्यं वा$मृतभोजनः Ms.3.285. -8 Unsolicited alms, alms got without solicitation; मृतं स्याद्याचितं भैक्षम- मृतं स्यादयाचितम् Ms.4.4-5. -9 Water; मथितामृतफेनाभमरजो- वस्त्रमुत्तमम् Rām.5.18.24. अमृताध्मातजीमूत U.6.21; अमृता- दुन्मथ्यमानात् K.136; cf. also the formulas अमृतोपस्तरणमसि स्वाहा and अमृतापिधानमसि स्वाहा; Mahānār. Up.7 and 1; repeated by Brāhmaṇas at the time of sipping water before the commencement and at the end of meals. -1 A drug. -11 Clarified butter; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17. -12 Milk; अमृतं च सुधा चैव सुधा चैवामृतं तथा Mb.13.67.12. -13 Food in general. -14 Boiled rice. -15 Anything sweet, anything lovely or charming; a sweetmeat. यथामृतघटं दंशा मकरा इव चार्णवम् Rām.7.7.3. -16 Property. -17 Gold. -18 Quicksilver. -19 Poison. -2 The poison called वत्सनाभ. -21 The Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्मन्). -22 N. of sacred place. -23 N. of particular conjunctions of Nakṣatras (lunar asterisms) with week days (वारनक्षत्रयोग) or of lunar days with week days (तिथि- वारयोग). -24 The number four. -25 splendour, light. [cf. Gr. ambrotos, ambrosia; L. immortalis]. cf. अमृतं वारि सुरयोर्निर्वाणे चातिसुन्दरे । अयाचिते यज्ञशेषे पुंसि धन्वन्तरे$पि च । पीयूषे च धृते दीप्तावाचार्ये विबुधे$पि च । हरीतक्यामाम- लक्यां गलूच्यामपि तत्स्त्रियाम् । Nm. -Comp. -अंशुः, -करः, -दीधितिः, -द्युतिः, -रश्मिः &c. epithets of the moon; अमृतदीधितिरेष विदर्भजे N.4.14; अमृतांशूद्भव born from the moon; from whom was born the moon, N. of Viṣṇu. -अंशुकः An interior variety of gems having white rays, Kau. A.2.11. -अक्षर a. immortal and imperishable; क्षरं प्रधानममृताक्षरं हरः Śvet. Up. -अग्रभूः N. of the horse of Indra (उच्चैःश्रवस्); अमृताग्रभुवः पुरेव पुच्छम् Śi. 2.43. -अन्धस्, -अशनः, -आशिन् m. 'one whose food is nectar'; a god, an immortal. -अपिधानम् Water sipped after eating nectar-like food so as to overlay it like a cover. -असु a. whose soul is immortal; अमृतासुर्वर्धमानः सुजन्मा Av.5.1.1. -आशः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a god; इदं कार्यममृताशाः शृणोमि Mb.12.299.7. -आसङ्गः a sort of collyrium. -आहरणः N. of Garuḍa who once stole Amṛita. -इष्टका a kind of sacrificial brick shaped like the golden head of men, beasts &c. (पशुशीर्षाणि). -ईशः, ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. -उत्पन्ना a fly. (-न्नम्), -उद्भवम् 1 A kind of collyrium (खर्परीतुत्थम्). -2 Potassium permanganate -उपस्तरणम् Water sipped as a substratum for the nectar-like food. (-वः) N. of the Bilva tree. -ओदनः Name of a son of Siṁhahanu, and uncle of Śākyamuni. -करः, -किरणः 'nectar-rayed', the moon. -कुण्डम् a vessel containing nectar. -क्षारम् sal ammoniac. (Mar. नवसागर). -गतिः N. of a metre consisting of 4 syllables. -गर्भ a. filled with water or nectar; ambrosial. (-र्भः) 1 the individual soul. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 child of immortality (said of sleep); देवानाममृतगर्भो$सि स्वप्न Av.6.46.1. -चितिः f. an arrangement or accumulation of sacrificial bricks conferring immortality. -ज a. produced by or from nectar. (-जः) a sort of plant, Yellow Myrobalan (Mar. हिरडा). -जटा N. of a plant (जटामासी). -तरङ्गिणी moonlight. -तिलका N. of a metre of 4 lines, also called त्वरितगति. -द्रव a. shedding nectar. (-वः) flow of nectar. -धार a. shedding nectar. (-रा) 1 N. of a metre. -2 flow of nectar. -नन्दनः A pavilion with 58 pillars (Matsya P.27.8.). -नादोपनिषद् f. 'The sound of immortality', Name of an Upaniṣad. -पः 1 a drinker of nectar' a god or deity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 one who drinks wine; ध्रुवममृतपनामवाञ्छयासावधरममुं मधुपस्तवा- जिहीते Śi.7.42. (where अ˚ has sense 1 also). -पक्षः 1 having golden or immortal wings, a sort of hawk. -2 the immortal or golden wings of sacrificial fire. -3 fire itself. -फलः N. of two trees पटोल and पारावत. (-ला) 1 a bunch of grapes, vine plant, a grape (द्राक्षा) -2 = आमलकी. (-लम्) a sort of fruit (रुचिफल) found in the country of the Mudgalas according to Bhāva P. -बन्धुः Ved. 1 a god or deity in general. -2 a horse or the moon. -3 A friend or keeper of immortality; तां देवा अन्वजायन्त भद्रा अमृतबन्धवः Rv.1.72.5. -बिन्दू- पनिषद् f. 'drop of nectar', :N. of an Upaniṣad of the Atharvaveda. -भल्लातकी a sort of medicinal preparation of ghee mentioned by Chakradatta. -भवनम् N. of a monastery (built by Amṛitaprabha); Raj. T. -भुज् m. an immortal, a god, deity; one who tastes the sacrificial residues. -भू a. free from birth and death. -मति = ˚गति q. v. -मन्थनम् 1 churning (of the ocean) for nectar. -2 N. of the chapters 17 to 19 of Mb.1. -मालिनी N. of Durgā. -मूर्तिः The moon; आप्याययत्यसौ लोकं वदनामृतमूर्तिना Bhāg.4.16.9. -योगः see under अमृत. -रसः 1 nectar, ambrosia; काव्यामृतरसास्वादः H.1; विविधकाव्यामृतरसान् पिवामः Bh.3.4. -2 the Supreme Spirit. (-सा) 1 dark-coloured grapes. -2 a sort of cake (Mar. अनर्सा). -लता, -लतिका a nectar-giving creeping plant (गुडूची). -वाक a. producing nectar like sweet words. -संयावम् a sort of dish mentioned in Bhāva P. -सार a. ambrosial; ˚राणि प्रज्ञानानि U.7. (-रः) 1 clarified butter. -2 a sort of अयःपाक. ˚जः raw sugar, molasses (गुड). -सूः, -सूतिः 1 the moon (distilling nectar). -2 mother of the gods. -सोदरः 1 'brother of nectar', the horse called उच्चैःश्रवस्. -2 a horse in general. -स्रवः flow of nectar. (-वा) N. of a plant and tree (रुदन्ती-रुद्रवन्ती; Mar. रानहरभरा). -स्त्रुत् a. shedding or distilling nectar; स्वरेण तस्याममृतस्रुतेव Ku.1.45.
arin अरिन् n. (रि) A wheel; discus; नदारिशङ्खाब्जघरम् Rāmatāpanīya Upaniṣad 92.
aruṇiman अरुणिमन् m. अरुणता Redness, red colour; अरुणिम्ना पिहितो$पि शुक्लभावः Bv.2.18. अरुणीयः, -˚योगः The 25th Upaniṣad of the Atharvaveda.
ātman आत्मन् m. [अत्-मनिण् Uṇ 4.152 said to be from अन् to breathe also] 'आत्मा यत्नो धृतिर्बुद्धिः स्वभावो ब्रह्मवर्ष्म च' इत्यमरः 1 The soul, the individual soul, the breath, the principle of life and sensation; किमात्मना यो न जितेन्द्रियो भवेत् H.1; आत्मानं रथिनं विद्धि शरीरं रथमेव तु Kaṭh.3.3. (In आत्मा नदी संयमपुण्यतीर्था H.4.87 आत्मन् is compared to a river). -2 Self, oneself; in this sense mostly used reflexively for all three persons and in the singular number, masculine gender, whatever be the gender or number of the noun to which it refers; अनया चिन्तयात्मापि मे न प्रतिभाति Ratn.1; आश्रमदर्श- नेन आत्मानं पुनीमहे Ś.1; गुप्तं ददृशुरात्मानं सर्वाः स्वप्नेषु वामनैः R.1.6,4.35,14.57; Ku.6.2; देवी... प्राप्तप्रसवमात्मानं गङ्गादेव्यां विमुञ्चति U.7.2; गोपायन्ति कुलस्त्रिय आत्मानमात्मना Mb.; K.17; sometimes used in pl. also; आत्मनः स्तुवन्ति Śi.17.19; Māl.8. -3 Supreme deity and soul of the universe, Supreme Soul, Brahman; तस्माद्वा एतस्मादात्मन आकाशः संभूतः T. Up.2.1.1; Ms.1.15,12.24. -4 Essence, nature; काव्यस्यात्मा ध्वनिः S. D., see आत्मक below. -5 Character, peculiarity; आत्मा यक्ष्मस्य नश्यति Rv.1. 97.11. -6 The natural temperament or disposition; Bhāg.11.22.2. -7 The person or whole body (considered as one and opposed to the separate members of it); स्थितः सर्वोन्नतेनोर्वीं क्रान्त्वा मेरुरिवात्मना R.1.14; योस्या- त्मनः कारयिता Ms.12.12; Ki.9.66. -8 Mind, intellect; मन्दात्मन्, नष्टात्मन्, महात्मन् &c. अथ रामः प्रसन्नात्मा श्रुत्वा वायु- सुतस्य ह Rām.6.18.1. -9 The understanding; cf. आत्म- संपन्न, आत्मवत् &c. -1 Thinking faculty, the faculty of thought and reason. -11 Spirit, vitality, courage; त्यक्त्वा$$त्मानमथाब्रवीत् Mb.12.18.6. -12 Form, image; आत्मानमाधाय Ku.3.24 assuming his own form; 2.61; संरोपिते$प्यात्मनि Ś.6.24 myself being implanted in her. -13 A son; 'आत्मा वै पुत्रनामासि' इति श्रुतेः । तस्यात्मा शितिकण्ठस्य Śi.2.61. -14 Care, efforts, pain. -15 The sun. -16 Fire. -17 Wind, air. -18 Mental quality; बाहुश्रुत्यं तपस्त्यागः श्रद्धा यज्ञक्रिया क्षमा । भावशुद्धिर्दया सत्यं संयमश्चात्मसंपदः ॥ Mb.12.167.5. आत्मन् is used as the last member of comp. in the sense of 'made or consisting of'; see आत्मक. The form त्मन् is also found to be used; कृतार्थं मन्यते त्मानं Mb. [cf. Gr. atmos, aitmen] -Comp. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, independent. -2 sentient, existing. (-नः) 1 a son. -2 a wife's brother. -3 the jester or विदूषक (in dramatic literature). -अनुरूप a. worthy of oneself; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः Ku. 1.18; R.1.33. -अनुगमनम् peronal attendance; शश्वदा- त्मानुगमनेन गाम् R.1.88. -अपहारः concealing oneself; कथं वा आत्मापहारं करोमि Ś.1. -अपहारकः one who pretends to belong to a higher class than his own, an impostor, a pretender; यो$न्यथा सन्तमात्मानमन्यथा सत्सु भाषते । स पापकृत्तमो लोके स्तेन आत्मापहारकः ॥ Ms.4.255. -आदिष्ट a. self-counselled. (-ष्टः) a treaty dictated by the party wishing it himself; स्वसैन्येन तु संघानमात्मादिष्ट उदाहृतः H.4.121. -आनन्द a. Rejoicing in the soul or Supreme Spirit; आत्ममिथुनः आत्मानन्दः Ch. Up.7.25.2. -आराम a. 1 striving to get knowledge; (as an ascetic or योगिन्), seeking spiritual knowledge; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -2 selfpleased, delighted in self; आत्मारामः फलाशी. see आत्मानन्द Bh.3.93; cf. Bg.5.24. -आशिन् m. a fish supposed to feed on its young, or on the weakest of its species; cf. मत्स्या इव जना नित्यं भक्षयन्ति परस्परम् Rām. -आश्रय a. 1 dependent on oneself or on his own mind. -2 About or relating to oneself; कौलीनमात्माश्रयमाचचक्षे R.14.36. (-यः) 1 self dependence. -2 innate idea, abstract knowledge independent of the thing to be known. -ईश्वर a. Self-possessed, master of self; आत्मेश्वराणां न हि जातु विघ्नाः समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4. -उदयः self-exaltation or elevation; आत्मोदयः परज्यानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयति Śi.2.3 -उद्भव a. born or produced from oneself. (-वः) 1 a son; आत्मोद्भवे वर्णचतुष्टयस्य R.18.12. -2 Cupid. -3 sorrow, pain. (-वा) 1 daughter. -2 intellect. -3 N. of a plant (माषपर्णी; Mar. रानउडीद). -उपजीविन् m. 1 one who lives by his own labour; Ms.7.138. -2 a day-labourer. -3 one who lives by his wife (Kull. on Ms.8.362). -4 an actor, public performer. -उपनिषद् f. N. of an उपनिषद् which treats of the Supreme Spirit. -उपम a. like oneself. (-मः) a son. -औपम्यम् Likeness to self. आत्मौपम्येन सर्वत्र Bg.6.32. -कर्मन् One's own duty; आत्मौपकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R. -काम a. 1 loving oneself, possessed of self-conceit, proud; आत्मकामा सदा चण्डी Rām.2.7.1. -2 loving Brahman or the Supreme Spirit only; भगवन् वयमात्मकामाः Maitr. Up.7.1. -कार्यम् one's own business, private affair. -कृत a. 1 self-executed, done by oneself; पौरा ह्यात्मकृताद्दुःखाद्विप्रमोच्या नृपात्मजैः Rām.2.46.23. -2 done against one's own self; Vāj.8.13. -गत a. produced in one's mind; ˚तो मनोरथः Ś.1. (-तम्) ind. aside (to oneself) being considered to be spoken privately (opp. प्रकाशम् aloud); frequently used as a stage-direction in dramas; it is the same as स्वगतम् which is thus defined; अश्राव्यं खलु यद्वस्तु तदिह स्वगतं मतम् S. D.6. -गतिः f. 1 course of the soul's existence. -2 one's own course; Bhāg.5.17.3. ˚गत्या by one's own act. -गुप्ता The plant Mucuna Pruritus Hook (Mar. कुयली). -गुप्तिः f. a cave, the hiding place of an animal, lair. -ग्राहिन् a. selfish, greedy. -घातः 1 suicide. -2 heresy. -घातकः, -घातिन् 1 a suicide, a self-destroyer; K.174; व्यापादयेद् वृथात्मानं स्वयं यो$गन्युदका- दिभिः । अवैधेनैव मार्गेण आत्मघाती स उच्यते ॥ -2 a heretic. -घोषः 1 a cock (calling out to himself). -2 a crow. -3 One who flatters himself. cf. आत्मघोषो वायसे स्यादात्म- स्तुतिपरे$पि च Nm. -जः, -जन्मन् m. -जातः, -प्रभवः, -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; यः स वासवनिर्जेता रावणस्यात्म- संभवः Rām.6.86.33; हतान्निहन्मेह नरर्षभेण वयं सुरेशात्मसमु- द्भवेन Mb.7.118.2; तमात्मजन्मानमजं चकार R.5.36; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः R.1.33; Māl.1; Ku.6.28. -2 Cupid; ममायमात्मप्रभवो भूयस्त्वमुपयास्यति Rām.4.1.34. -3 a descendant; मृगयां विरन्काश्चिद्विजने जनकात्मजः Mb.12.39.1. -जा 1 a daughter; वन्द्यं युगं चरणयोर्जनकात्मजायाः R.13.78; cf. नगात्मजा &c. -2 the reasoning faculty, understanding. -जयः 1 one's own victory. -2 victory over oneself, self-denial or abnegation. -ज्योतिस् n. The light of the soul or Supreme Spirit (चैतन्य); कौस्तुभव्यपदेशेन स्वात्मज्योतिर्बिभर्त्यजः Bhāg. 12.11.1. -ज्ञः, -विद् m. a sage, one who knows himself; तस्मादात्मज्ञं ह्यर्चयेद्भूतिकामः Muṇḍ.3.1.1. -ज्ञानम् 1 self-knowledge. -2 spiritual knowledge, knowledge of the soul or the Supreme Spirit; सर्वेषामपि चैतेषामात्मज्ञानं परं स्मृतम् Ms.12.85,92. -3 true wisdom. -तत्त्वम् 1 the true nature of the soul or the supreme spirit; यदात्म- तत्त्वेन तु ब्रह्मतत्त्वं प्रपश्येत Śvet.2.15. -2 the highest thing. ˚ज्ञः a sage versed in the Vedānta doctrines. -तृप्त a. Self-satisfied; आत्मतृप्तश्च मानवः Bg.3.17. -तुष्टि a. self-satisfied. (-ष्टिः f.) self-satisfaction. -त्यागः 1 self-sacrifice. -2 suicide. -त्यागिन् m. a. 1 suicide; आत्मत्यागिन्यो नाशौचोदकभाजनाः Y.3.6. -2 a heretic, an unbeliever. -त्राणम् 1 self-preservation. -2 a body-guard; Rām.5. -दर्शः a mirror; प्रसादमात्मीयमिवात्म- दर्शः R.7.68. -दर्शनम् 1 seeing oneself. -2 spiritual knowledge, true wisdom; सर्वभूतात्मदर्शनम् Y.3.157; cf. Ms.12.91. see आत्मयाजिन. -दा a. Ved. granting one's existence or life; य आत्मदा बलदा यस्य विश्व Rv.1.121.2. -दानम् self-sacrifice, resigning oneself. -दूषि a. Ved. corrupting the soul; self-destroying; Av.16.1.3. -देवता a tutelary deity. -द्रोहिन् a. 1 self-tormenting, fretful. -2 suicide. -नित्य a. being constantly in the heart, greatly endeared to oneself. -निन्दा self-reproach. -निवेदनम् offering oneself (as a living sacrifice to the deity). -निष्ठ a. one who constantly seeks for spiritual knowledge. -पराजित a. one who has lost himself (Ved.) Av.5.18.2. -पुराणम् N. of a work elucidating the Upaniṣads (consisting of 18 chapters). -प्रत्ययिक a. knowing from one's experience; आत्मप्रत्ययिकं शास्त्रमिदम् Mb.12.246.13. -प्रबोधः 1 cognition of the soul; self-consciousness. -2 title of an उपनिषद्. -प्रभ a. self-illuminated. -प्रवादः 1 conversation about the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of the seventh of the fourteen Pūrvas of the Jainas. -प्रशंसा self-praise. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 one's own kinsman; आत्ममातुः स्वसुः पुत्रा आत्मपितुः स्वसुः सुताः । आत्ममातुलपुत्राश्च विज्ञेया ह्यात्मबान्धवाः Śabdak. i. e. mother's sister's son, father's sister's son, and mother's brother's son. -2 the soul, the self. -बोधः 1 spiritual knowledge. -2 knowledge of self. -3 N. of a work of Śaṅkarāchārya. -भावः 1 existence of the soul; संयोग एषां न तु आत्मभावात् Śvet.1.2. -2 the self proper, peculiar nature. -3 the body. -भू a. self-born, self-existent. (-भूः) वचस्यवसिते तस्मिन् ससर्ज गिरमात्मभूः Ku.2.53,3.16,5.81. -योनिः 1 N. of Brahmā; -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva; Ś.7.35. -4 Cupid, god of love. -5 a son. (-भूः f.) 1 a daughter. -2 talent, understanding. -भूत a. 1 self-produced; peculiar, belonging to. -2 attached, devoted, faithful; तत्रात्मभूतैः कालज्ञैरहार्यैः परिचारकैः Ms.7.217 (Kull. = आत्मतुल्य). (-तः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. (-ता) 1 a daughter. -2 talent. -भूयम् 1 peculiarity, own nature. -2 Brahman. -मात्रा a portion of the Supreme Spirit. -मानिन् a. self-respecting, respectable. -2 arrogant, proud; विवेकशून्यः प्रभुरात्ममानी, महाननर्थः सुहृदां बतायम् Bk.12.83. -मूर्तिः 1 a brother; भ्राता स्वमूर्तिरात्मनः -2 soul, Supreme Spirit. -मूल a. self-luminous, shining (God); स आत्ममूलो$वतु मां परात्परः Bhāg.8.3.4. -मूलि n. the universe. -मूली N. of a plant (दूरालभा; Mar. धमासा). -याजिन् 1 sacrificing for oneself or himself. m. a learned man who studies his own nature and that of the soul (of others) to secure eternal felicity, one who looks upon all beings as self; सर्व- भूतेषु चात्मानं सर्वभूतानि चात्मनि । समं पश्यन्नात्मयाजी स्वाराज्यम- धिगच्छति ॥ Ms.12.91. -योनिः = ˚भू m. a. v. ददर्श चक्रीकृतचारुचापं प्रहर्तुमभ्युद्यतमात्मयोनिम् Ku.3.7. -रक्षा 1 N. of a plant (इन्द्रवारुणीवृक्ष). -2 self protection. -लाभः birth, production, origin; यैरात्मलाभस्त्वया लब्धः Mu.3.1, 5.23; Ki.3.32,17.19,18.34; K.239. -लोमन् 1 the hair of the body. -2 the beard. -वञ्चक a. self-deceiver. -वञ्चना self-delusion; self-deception. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या suicide. -वर्ग्य a. of one's party or class; उद्बाहुना जुहुविरे मुहुरात्मवर्ग्याः Śi.5.15. -वश a. depending on one's own will; यद्यत्परवशं कर्म तत्तद्यत्नेन वर्जयेत् । यद्यदात्मवशं तु स्यात्तत्तत्सेवेत यत्नतः ॥ Ms.4.159, सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम् 16. (-शः) 1 self-control, self-government. -2 one's control, subjection; ˚शं नी, ˚वशीकृ to reduce to subjection, win over. -वश्य a. having control over self, self-possessed, self-restrained; आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा Bg.2.64. -विक्रयः sale of oneself or one's own liberty; Ms.11.59. -विद् m. 1 a wise man, sage; as in तरति शोकमात्मवित्; सो$हं भगवो मन्त्रविदेवास्मि नात्मविच्छ्रुतह्येव Ch. Up.7.1.3. -2 knowing one's own self (family &c.); य इहात्मविदो विपक्षमध्ये Śi.2.116. -3 N. of Śiva. -विद्या knowledge of the soul, spiritual knowledge; आन्वीक्षिकीं चात्मविद्याम् Ms.7.43. -विवृद्धिः, -वृद्धिः f. self-exaltation. -वीर a. 1 mighty, powerful, strong. -2 appropriate, suitable, good for oneself (as diet &c.). -3 existent, sentient. (-रः) 1 a son. -2 wife's brother. -3 a jester (in dramas); आत्मवीरः प्राणवति श्यालके च विदूषके. -वृत्तम्, -वृत्तान्तः account of one's own self, autobiography. -वृत्ति a. dwelling in Atman or soul. (-त्तिः f.) 1 state of the heart; किमेभिराशोपहतात्मवृत्तिभिः Ku.5.76. -2 action as regards oneself, one's own state or circumstance; विस्माययन् विस्मितमात्मवृत्तौ R.2.33. -3 practising one's own duties or occupation. -शक्तिः f. one's own power or ability, inherent power or effort; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361 to the best of one's power. -2 illusion. -शल्या N. of a plant (शतावरी). -शुद्धिः f. self-purification; Ms.11.164; योगिनः कर्म कुर्वन्ति संगं त्यक्त्वा$त्मशुद्धये Bg.5.11. -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. self-praise, boasting, bragging. -संयमः self-restraint; आत्मसंयमयो- गाग्नौ जुह्वति ज्ञानदीपिते Bg.4.27. -संस्थ a. Based upon or connected with the person; आत्मसंस्थं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.25. -सतत्त्वम् See आत्मतत्त्वम्; आत्मसतत्त्वं विगणयतः Bhāg.5.13.24. -सद् a. Ved. dwelling in oneself; आत्मसदौ स्तं मा मा हिंसिष्टम् Av.5.9.8. -संतुष्ट a. self-sufficient. -सनि a. Ved. granting the breath of life. -सम a. worthy of oneself, equal to oneself; कार्ये गुरुण्यात्मसमं नियोक्ष्ये Ku.3.13. -संदेहः 1 internal or personal doubt. -2 risk of life, personal risk. -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; चकार नाम्ना रघुमात्मसंभवम् R.3.21,11.57,17.8. -2 Cupid, god of love. -3 epithet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, or Śiva. -4 the Supreme Being (परमात्मन्). (-वा) 1 a daughter. -2 understanding, intellect. -संपन्न a. 1 self-possessed; Pt.1.49. -2 talented, intelligent; तमात्मसंपन्नमनिन्दितात्मा कृत्वा युवानं युवराजमेव R.18.18. -संभावना self-conceit; K. -सिद्धिः f. self-aggrandizement, attainment of object or purpose; आगच्छदात्मसिद्ध्यर्थं गोकर्णस्याश्रमं शुभम् Rām.7.9.47. -सुख a. self-delighted. (-खम्) the highest bliss. -स्थ a. At one's own disposal (स्वाधीन); तावदेव मया सार्धमात्मस्थं कुरु शासनम् Rām.2.21.8. -हन् a. 1 one who kills his own soul (neglects its welfare &c.); ये के चात्महनो जनाः Śvet.3. -2 a suicide, self-destroyer. -3 a heretic, unbeliever. -4 a priest in a temple, a servant or attendant upon an idol. -हननम्, -हत्या suicide. -हित a. beneficial to oneself. (-तम्) one's own good or welfare.
ātharvaṇa आथर्वण a. (-णी f.) [अथर्वणा मुनिना दृष्टः वेदः अण् आथर्वणः तमधीते वेत्ति वा अण् P.IV.3.133] Originating from, relating or belonging to, the Atharvaveda or the Athrvans; अग्नौ साक्षिण्याथर्वणेन विधिना Dk; आथर्वण- स्तीव्र इवाभिचारः Mv.1.62. -णः 1 A Brāhmaṇa knowing or studying the Atharvaveda. -2 A descendant of Atharvan; इदं वै तन्मधु दध्यङ्ङार्थवणो$श्विभ्यामुवाच Bṛi. Up.2.5.16. -3 A priest whose ritual is comprised in the Atharvaveda. -4 The Atharvaveda itself (अथर्वणां समूहः). -5 A housepriest. -णम् 1 A private room in which the sacrificer is informed of the happy event of the sacrifice by the officiating Brāhmaṇa. -2 The black art, magic (जारणमारण). -शिरस् n. N. of an Upaniṣad belonging to the Atharvaveda.
āmnāyaḥ आम्नायः [आ-म्ना-घञ्] 1 (a) Sacred tradition, sacred texts handed down by tradition or repetition. (b) Hence, the Veda, Vedas taken collectively (including Brāhman&tod;as, Upaniṣads and Āraṇyakas also); अधीती चतुर्ष्वाम्नायेषु Dk.12; आम्नायवचन सत्यमित्ययं लोकसंग्रहः । आम्ना- येभ्यः पुनर्वेदाः प्रसृताः सर्वतोमुखाः ॥ Mb.; Ki.11.39. -2 Study (by repetition); अनाम्नायमला वेदा ब्राह्मणस्याव्रतं मलम् Mb. 12.328.2. -3 A sacred text or precept in general; आम्नायादन्यत्र नूनश्छन्दसामवतारः U.4. -4 Traditional usage, family or national customs; U.6. -5 Received doctrine. -6 Advice or instruction (in past and present usage). -7 A Tantra. -8 A series of families. -Comp. -सारिन् a. 1 pious, observing the traditional usages. -2 containing the essence of the Veda.
āśramaḥ आश्रमः मम् [आ-श्रम् आधारे घञ् वृद्धयभावः] 1 A hermitage, hut, cell, dwelling or abode of ascetics; शरणान्यशरण्यानि आश्रमाणि कृतानि नः Rām.7.6.5. -2 A stage, order, or period of the (religious) life of a Brāhmaṇa (These are four:-ब्रह्मचर्य the life of a student; गार्हस्थ्य the life of a house-holder; वानप्रस्थ the life of an anchorite or hermit, and संन्यास the life of a Bhikṣu or beggar. Kṣatriyas (and Vśiyas also) can enter, upon the first three Āśramas; cf. Ś.7.18; V.5; (according to some authorities they can enter the fourth also; cf. स किलाश्रममन्त्यमाश्रितः R.8.14; पूर्वाश्रमः Ku.5.5. -3 A college, school. -4 A wood or thicket (where ascetics practise penance). -5 N. of Viṣṇu. Comp. -उपनिषद् N. of an upaniṣad -गुरुः the head of a religious order, a preceptor, principal, कर्तुमाश्रमगुरुः स चाश्रमत् Śi. -धर्मः 1 the special duties of each order or life. -2 the duties of one leading a hermit's life; य इमामाश्रमधर्मे नियुङ्क्ते Ś.1. -पदम्, -मण्डलम्, -स्थानम् 1 a hermitage (including the surrounding grounds), a penance forest (तपोवनम्); शान्तमिदमाश्रमपदम् Ś.1.16. -2 a period in the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa. -पर्वन् n. The first section of the fifteenth book of the Mahābhārata. i. e. आश्रमवासिक- पर्वन्. -भ्रष्ट a. fallen from any religious order, apostate. -लक्षणम् An indicatory mark of the religious order, cf. मेखलाजिनदण्डेन ब्रह्मचारीति लक्ष्यते । गृहस्थो दानवेदाद्यैर्नखलोम्ना वनाश्रिताः ॥ त्रिदण्डेन यतिश्चैव लक्षणानि पृथक् पृथक् । यस्यैतल्लक्षणं नास्ति प्रायश्चित्ती न चाश्रमी ॥ (दक्षसंहिता.) -वासः residence in a hermitage. -वासिक a. relating to residence in a hermitage; ˚कं पर्व the 15th book of the Mb. -वासिन्, -आलयः, -सद् m. an ascetic, hermit.
īśāvāsyam ईशावास्यम् N. of the ईशावास्योपनिषद्, also called ईशोप- निषद्; the only instance of an upaniṣad included in a Saṁhitā (Vāj.4.1).
upaniṣad उपनिषद् f. [said to be from उपनि-सद् 'knowledge derived from sitting at the feet of the preceptor'; but, according to Indian authorities, it means 'to destroy ignorance by revealing the knowledge of the Supreme Spirit and cutting off the bonds of worldly existence'; यथा य इमां ब्रह्मविद्यामुपयन्त्यात्मभावेन श्रद्धाभक्तिपुरःसराः सन्तस्तेषां गर्भजन्मजरारोगाद्यनर्थपूगं निशातयति परं वा ब्रह्म गमयति अविद्यादि- संसारकारणं चात्यन्तमवसादयति विनाशयतीत्युपनिषद् । उपनिपूर्वस्य सदेरेवमर्थस्मरणात्; Śaṅkara] 1 N. of certain mystical writings attached to the Brāhmaṇas, the chief aim of which is to ascertain the secret meaning of the Vedas; Bv.2.4; Māl 1.7; (other etymologies also are given to explain the name:- (1) उपनीय तमात्मानं ब्रह्मापास्तद्वयं यतः । निहन्त्यविद्यां तज्जं च तस्मादुपनिषद्भवेत् ॥ or (2) निहत्यानर्थमूलं स्वाविद्यां प्रत्यक्तया परम् । नयत्यपास्तसंभेदमतो वोपनिषद्भवेत् ॥ or (3) प्रवृत्तिहेतून्निःशेषास्तन्मूलोच्छेदकत्वतः । यतोवसादयेद्विद्या तस्मा- दुपनिषद्भवेत् ॥ In the मुक्तकोपनिषद् 18 Upaniṣads are mentioned, but some more have been added to this number. They are said to have been the source of the six Darśanas or systems of philosophy, particularly of the Vedānta Philosophy. The more important Upaniṣads are:- ईशकेनकठप्रश्नमुण्डमाण्डूक्यतित्तिरः । ऐतरेयं च छान्दोग्यं बृहदारण्यकं तथा ॥. -2 (a) An esoteric or secret doctrine, mystical meaning, words of mystery; साङ्गोपाङ्गोपनिषदः सरहस्यः प्रदीयताम् Rām.1.55.16. (b) Mystical knowledge or instruction; मन्त्रपारायण˚ U.6; दिव्यामस्त्रोपनिषदमृषेर्यः कृशाश्वस्य शिष्यात् Mv.2.2. -3 True knowledge regarding the Supreme Spirit. -4 Sacred or religious lore. -5 Secrecy, seclusion. -6 A neighbouring mansion. -7 A lonely place. -8 A religious observance. -9 Me- ditation, यदेव विद्यया करोति श्रद्धयोपनिषदा तदेव वीर्यवत्तरं भवति Ch. Up.1.1.1. -1 One that takes to (like a boat); तस्योपनिषत्सत्यस्य सत्यमिति Bṛi. Up.2.1.2.
upalaḥ उपलः 1 A stone, rock; उपलशकलमेतद् भेदकं गोमयानाम् Mu.3.15; कान्ते कथं घटितवानुपलेन चेतः Ś. Til.3; Me.19; Ś.1.14. -2 A precious stone, jewel. Y.3.36. 'उपलः प्रस्तरे मणौ' इति विश्वः. -3 Sand (Ved.). -4 A cloud. -5 A ball thrown from some artifice (as gun); कपाट- यन्त्रदुर्धर्षा बभूवुः सहुडोपलाः Mb.3.284.4. -ला 1 Refined sugar, (उपलासिता Sugarcandy). -2 The upper and smaller millstone which rests on the Dṛiṣad. [cf L. opatus.] -Comp. -प्रक्षिन् a. Grinding grain upon millstones; कारुरहं ततो भिषगुपलप्रक्षिणी नवा Rv.9.112.3.
ṛtuḥ ऋतुः [ऋ-तु-किच्च Uṇ1.71] 1 A season, period of the year, commonly reckoned to be six; शिशिरश्च वसन्तश्च ग्रीष्मो वर्षाः शरद्धिमः; sometimes only five; शिशिर and हिम or हेमन्त being counted together; cf. पञ्चर्तवो हेमन्तशिशिरयोः समासेन Ait. Br. वसन्तश्चैत्रवैशाखौ ज्येष्ठाषाढौ च ग्रीष्मकौ । वर्षा श्रावणभाद्राभ्यां शरदश्विनकार्तिकौ ॥ मार्गपौषौ च हेमन्तः शिशिरो माघफाल्गुनौ ॥ गोरक्षसंहिता. -2 An epoch, a period, any fixed or appointed time. -3 Menstruation, courses, menstrual discharge. -4 A period favourable for conception; वरमृतुषु नैवाभिगमनम् Pt.1; ऋतुः स्वाभाविकः स्त्रीणां रात्रयः षोडश स्मृताः Ms.3.46,9.7; Y.1.11,79. -5 Any fit season or right time. -6 Fixed order or rule; द्वा यन्तारा भवतस्तथ ऋतुः Rv.1.162.19. -7 Light, splendour. -8 A month. -9 N. of Viṣṇu. -1 A symbolical expression for the number 'six'. -11 A kind of collyrium. -Comp. -अन्तः 1 the close of a season. -2 termination of menstruation. -कालः, -समयः, -वेला 1 the time of menstruation, time favourable for conception, i. e. 16 nights from menstrual discharge; see ऋतु above. -2 the duration of a season. -गणः the seasons taken collectively. -गामिन् a. having intercourse with a wife (at the time fit for conception, i. e. after the period of menstruation). -ग्रहः a libation offered to the seasons, a kind of sacrifice. -चर्या f. seasonal proceeding; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि ऋतुचर्यास्तु वाजिनाम् Bhoja's Śālihotra 92. -जुष् f. A woman enjoying intercourse at the time fit for procreation; Ks. -धामन् m. N. of Viṣṇu -पतिः 1 the lord of seasons, i. e. the spring. -2 N. of Agni; Rv.1.2.1. -3 N. of other deities; Av.3.1.9. -पर्णः N. of a king of Ayodhyā; son of Ayutāyu, a descendant of Ikṣvāku. [Nala, king of Niṣadha, entered into his service after he had lost his kingdom and suffered very great adversity. He was 'profoundly skilled in dice'; and he exchanged with Nala this skill for his skill in horsemanship; and by virtue of it the king succeeded in taking Nala to Kuṇḍinapura before Damayantī had put into execution her resolve of taking a second husband]. -पर्यायः, -वृत्तिः the revolution of the seasons; cf. Ms.1.29. -पशुः An animal to be sacrificed at a particular season. -पाः m. N. of Indra. -पात्रम् the cup in which the libation is offered. -प्राप्त a. fertile, fruitful. -प्रैषः N. of particular invocations spoken before the sacrifice to the seasons. Ait. Br.5.9.3,4. -मुखम् the beginning or first day of a season. -याजः a sacrifice offered to the seasons. -राजः the spring. -लिङ्गम् 1 a characteristic or sign of the season (as the blossom of the mango tree in spring); यथर्तुलिङ्गान्यृतवः स्वयमेवर्तुपर्यये Ms. 1.3. -2 a symptom of menstruation. -लोका f. N. of particular bricks; Śat. Br.1. -ष्ठा (स्था) a. fixed at the proper seasons; Vāj.17.3. -संहारः 'collection of the seasons, N. of Kālidāsa's work on the six seasons. -सन्धिः 1 the junction of two seasons. -2 the last day in the bright fortnight (पौर्णमासी) and in the dark one (दर्श). -सात्म्यम् diet &c. suited to the season. -स्तोमः a kind of sacrifice. -स्नाता a woman who has bathed after menstruation and who is, therefore, fit for sexual intercourse; धर्मलोपभयाद्राज्ञीमृतुस्नाताभिमां स्मरन् R.1.76. -स्नानम् bathing after menstruation.
lṝ लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year.
aitareya ऐतरेय a. [इतरा-ठक्] Originating from Aitareya. -यः, -यम् A descendant of Itarā (or Itara, a sage) to whom the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa and Āraṇyaka were revealed. -Comp. ˚आरण्यकम् N. of the Āraṇyaka composed by Aitareya. -उपनिषद् N. of an Upaniṣad. -ब्राह्मणम् N. of the Brāhmaṇa composed by Aitareya (attached to the Ṛigveda and prescribing the duties of the Hotṛi priest) It is divided into forty Adhyāyas or eight Pañchikās.
om ओम् ind. 1 The sacred syllable om, uttered as a holy exclamation at the beginning and end of a reading of the Vedas, or previous to the commencement of a prayer or sacred work. -2 As a particle it implies (a) solemn affirmation and respectful assent (so be it, amen !); (b) assent or acceptance (yes, all right); ओमित्युच्यताममात्यः Māl.6; ओमित्युक्तवतो$थ शार्ङ्गिण इति Śi. 1.75; द्वितीयश्चेदोमिति ब्रूमः S. D.1; (c) command; (d) auspiciousness; (e) removal or warding off. -3 Brahman. [This word first appears in the Upaniṣads as a mystic monosyllable, and is regarded as the object of the most profound religious meditation. In the Maṇḍūkya Upaniṣad it is said that this syllable is all what has been, that which is and is to be; that all is om, only om. Literally analysed, om is taken to be made up of three letters or quarters; the letter a is Vaiśvānara, the spirit of waking souls in the waking world; u is Taijasa, the spirit of dreaming souls in the world of dreams; and m is Prajñā, the spirit of sleeping and undreaming souls; and the whole om is said to be unknowable, unspeakable, into which the whole world passes away, blessed above duality; (for further account see Gough's Upaniṣads pp.69-73). In later times om came to be used as a mystic name for the Hindu triad, representing the union of the three gods a (Viṣṇu), u (Śiva), and m (Brahmā). It is usually called Praṇava or Ekakṣaram; cf. अकारो विष्णुरुद्दिष्ट उकारस्तु महेश्वरः । मकारेणोच्यते ब्रह्मा प्रणवेन त्रयो मताः ॥ -Comp. -कारः 1 the sacred syllable ओम्; त्रिमात्रमोकारं त्रिमात्रमोंकारं वा विदधति Mbh.VIII.2.89. -2 the exclamation ओम्, or pronunciation of the same; प्राणायामैस्त्रिभिः पूतस्तत ओंकारमर्हति Ms.2.75. -3 (fig.) commencement; एष तावदोंकारः Mv.1; B. R.3.78. -रा N. of a Buddhist śakti (personification of divine energy).
aupaniṣatka औपनिषत्क a. (-की f.) [उपनिषदा जीवति ठक्] Living by (teaching) the Upaniṣads.
aupaniṣada औपनिषद a. (-दी f.) [उपनिषद्-अण्] 1 Contained or taught in an Upaniṣad; scriptural, theological. तं त्वौपनिषदं पुरुषं पृच्छामि Bṛi. Up.3.9.26. -2 Based or founded on, derived from, the Upaniṣads; धनुर्गृही- त्वौपनिषदं महास्त्रम् Muṇḍ. Up.2.2.3. औपनिषदं दर्शनम् (another name for Vedānta Phil.). -दः 1 The supreme soul, Brahman. -2 A follower of the doctrines of the Upaniṣads.
kaṭhaḥ कठः 1 N. of a sage, pupil of Vaiśampāyana, teacher of that branch of Yajurveda which is called after him. -2 A Brāhmaṇa. -3 A note or simple sound. -4 A kind of ṛik. -ठाः The follower of that sage. के सव्रह्यचारिणोस्येति । कठाः । Mbh. on P.II.2.24. -ठी 1 A female follower of Kaṭha. कठी वृन्दारिका कठवृन्दारिका Mbh. on P.VI.3.42. -2 The wife of a Brāhmaṇa. -Comp. -अध्यापकः a teacher of the Kaṭha branch of the Yajurveda. -उपनिषद् N. of an Upaniṣad (generally said to belong to अथर्ववेद). -कालापाः P.II. 4.3. Schools of कठ and कालाप; नन्दन्तु कठकालापाः वर्धन्तां कठकौथुमाः Mbh. on II.4.3. ये च मे कठकालापा बहवो दण्ड- माणवाः Rām.2.32.18. -धूर्तः a Brāhmaṇa well-versed in the कठ branch of the Yajurveda. -श्रोत्रियः P.V. 2.84. a Brāhmaṇa who has mastered the कठ branch of the Yajurveda.
kaṇva कण्व a. [कण् क्वन्] Ved. 1 Talented, intelligent. -2 Praising; प्र सक्षणो दिव्यः कण्वहोता Rv.5.41.4. -3 Fit to be praised or honoured; Rv.1.115.5. -4 Deaf. -ण्वः 1 N. of a renowned sage, foster-father of Śakuntalā and progenitor of the line of काण्व Brāhmaṇas. He was the author of several hymns of the Ṛig-veda. -2 (Ved.) A peculiar class of evil spirits against whom charms or hymns (Av.2.25) are used; गर्भादं कण्वं नाशय Av.2.25.3. -3 A praiser. -4 The founder of Vedic schools. -ण्वम् Sin, evil. -Comp. -उपनिषद् N. of an upaniṣad. -जम्भन a. consuming or destroying the evil spirits called Kaṇvas (?). -दुहितृ, -सुता Śakuntalā, Kaṇva's daughter. -सखिन् a. Ved. a friend of the Kaṇvas, friendly disposed to them; स इदग्निः कण्वतमः कण्वसखा Rv.1.115.5. -होतृ a. one whose priest is a Kaṇva; प्र सक्षणो दिव्यः कण्वहोता Rv.5.41.4.
kaliḥ कलिः [कल्-इनि] 1 Strife, quarrel, dissension, contention; शठ कलिरेष महांस्त्वयाद्य दत्तः Śi.7.55; कलिकामजित् R.9.33, Amaru.23. -2 War, battle. अविषह्यैस्तमाक्षेपैः क्षिपन्संजनयन् कलिम् । Bhāg.1.55.17. -3 The fourth age of the world, the iron age (consisting of 432, years of men and beginning from the 13th of February 312 B. C.); दानमेकं कलौ युगे Ms.1.86,9.31; कलिवर्ज्यानि इमानि &c. -4 Kali age personified (this Kali persecuted Nala). -5 The worst of any class. -6 The Bibhītaka tree. -7 The side of a die which is marked with one point. घृतेन कलिं शिक्षामि Av.7.19.1. -8 A hero. -9 An arrow. -f. A bud. -Comp. -कारः, -कारकः, -क्रियः 1 an epithet of Nārada. -2 the karanja tree. -3 a kind of bird. -द्रुमः, -वृक्षः the Bibhītaka tree. -प्रिय a. quarrelsome. (-यः) 1 N. of Nārada. -2 a monkey, ape; Ms.1.85. -मारकः a kind of karanja tree. -युगम् the Kali age; Ms.1.85. -संतरणम् N. of an Upaniṣad. -हारी f. a kind of medicine (विषलाङ्गली).
kavi कवि a. [कु-इ Uṇ.4.138] 1 Omniscient; Mb.1.5. 27; कविं पुराणमनुशासितारम् Bg.8.9; Ms.4.24. -2 Intelligent, clever, wise; कविर्मूकवदात्मानं स दृष्ट्या दर्शयेन्नृणाम् Bhāg.7.13,1.18. -3 Thinking, thoughtful. -4 Praiseworthy. -विः 1 A wise man, a thinker, a sage; कवीनामुशना कविः Bg.1.37; Ms.7.49,2.151. -2 A poet; तद् ब्रूहि रामचरितं आद्यः कविरसि U.2; मन्दः कवियशः- प्रार्थी R.1.3; इदं कविभ्यः पूर्वेभ्यो नमोवाकं प्रशास्महे U.1.1; Śi.2.86. -3 An epithet of Śukra, the preceptor of the Asuras; कविरिव वृषपर्वणः K.56. -4 Vālmīki, the first poet. -5 Brahmā; Bhāg.5.18.6. -6 The sun. -f. The bit of a bridle; see कविका. -Comp. -ज्येष्ठः an epithet of Vālmīki, the first poet. -पुत्रः an epithet of Śukra. -राजः 1 a great poet; श्रीहर्षं कविराजराजिमुकुटालङ्कारहीरः सुतम् occurring in the last verse of every canto of Naiṣadha Charita. -2 N. of a poet, author of a poem called राघवपाण्डवीय. -रामायणः an epithet of Vālmīki. -समयः convention of Poets.
kāṭhaka काठक a. Relating to Kaṭha (a recension of the कृष्णयजुर्वेद); ग्रामे ग्रामे काठकं कालापकं च प्रोच्यते Mbh. on P. IV.3.11. according to the Kaṭhaka school of the कृष्णयजुर्वेद. -Comp. -उपनिषद् the Kaṭhopaniṣad.
kena केन ind. By what ? whence, how, why; वत्सोपमन्यो केन वृत्तिं कल्पयसि Mb.1.3.36. केनेशितोपनिषद्, केनोपनिषद् N. of one of the old principal Upaniṣads.
gaṇaḥ गणः [गण् कर्मणि कर्तरि वा अच्] 1 A flock, multitude, group, troop, collection; गुणिगणगणना, भगणः -2 A series, a class. -3 A body of followers or attendants. -4 Particularly, a troop of demigods considered as Śiva's attendants and under the special superintendence of Gaṇeśa, a demigod of this troop; गणानां त्वा गणपतिं हवामहे कविं कवीनाम् &c.; गणा नमेरुप्रसवावतंसाः Ku.1.55,7.4,71; Me.35.57; Ki.5.13. -5 Any assemblage or society of men formed for the attainment of the same objects. -6 A company, association. -7 A tribe, class. -8 A series of lunar mansions classed under three heads (of god, men and demons). -9 A sect (in philosophy, religion). -1 A small body of troops (a sub-division of अक्षौहिणी), consisting of 27 chariots, as many elephants, 81 horses and 135 foot; Mb.1.2.21. -11 A number (in math.). -12 A foot (in prosody). -13 (In gram.) A series of roots or words belonging to the same rule and called after the first word of that series; e. g. भ्वादिगण i. e. the class of roots which begin with भू. -14 An epithet of Gaṇeśa. -Comp. -अग्रणी m. N. of Gaṇeśa. -अचलः N. of the mountain Kailāsa, as the residence of the Gaṇas of Śiva. -अधिपः, -अधिपतिः 1 N. of Śiva; Śi.9.27. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -3 the chief of a troop of soldiers or of a class of disciples, of a body of men or animals. -अन्नम् a mess, food prepared for number of persons in common; Ms.4.29,219. -अभ्यन्तर a. one of a troop or number. (-रः) the leader or member of any religious association; Ms.3.154. -ईशः N. of Gaṇapati, Śiva's son (see गणपति below). ˚जननी an epithet of Pārvatī. ˚भूषणम् red-lead. -ईशानः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -2 of Śiva. -उत्साहः the rhinoceros. -कारः 1 a classifier. -2 an epithet of Bhīmasena. -कृत्वस् ind. for a whole series of times, for a number of times. -गतिः a particular high number. -चक्रकम् a dinner eaten in common by a party of virtuous men. -छन्दस् n. metre regulated and measured by feet. -तिथ a. forming a troop or collection. -दीक्षा 1 initiation of a number or a class. -2 performance of rites for a number of persons. -दीक्षिन् a. 1 one who officiates for a number of persons or for various castes (as a priest). -2 one who has been initiated into the worship of Ganeśa. -देवताः (pl.) groups of deities who generally appear in classes of troops; Ak. thus classifies them :-- आदित्यविश्ववसव- स्तुषिता भास्वरानिलाः । महाराजिकसाध्याश्च रुद्राश्च गणदेवताः ॥ -द्रव्यम् 1 public property, common stock; Y.2.187. -2 a variety of articles. -धरः 1 the head of a class or number. -2 the teacher of a school. -नाथः, -नाथकः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Gaṇeśa. -3 the leader of the attendants of any god; Bhāg.5.17.13. -4 the head of an assemblage or corporation; Bṛi. S.15.4. -नायिका an epithet of Durgā. -पः, पतिः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. [He is the son of Śiva and Pārvatī, or of Pārvatī only; for according to one legend, he sprang from the scurf of her body. He is the god of wisdom and remover of obstacles; hence he is invoked and worshipped at the commencement of every important undertaking. He is usually represented in a sitting posture, short and fat, with a protuberant belly, and four hands; riding a mouse; and with the head of an elephant. This head has only one tusk, the other having been lost in a scuffle between him and Paraśurāma when he opposed the latter's entrance to Śiva's inner apartments; (whence he is called Ekadanta, Ekadaṁṣṭra &c.). There are several legends accounting for his elephant head. It is said that he wrote the Mahābhārata at the dictation of Vyāsa who secured his services as a scribe from the god Brahman]. -3 also an epithet of Bṛihaspati and Indra. -4 the leader of a class or troop. -पर्वत see गणाचल. -पाठः a collection of gaṇas or series of words falling under the same grammatical rule. -पीठकम् the breast, bosom. -पुङ्गवः the head of a tribe or class. (pl.) N. of a country and its people; Bṛi. S.4.24. -पूर्वः the leader of a tribe or class; (ग्रामणी); Mb.13.23.2. ˚तापनी N. of a Upaniṣad. -भर्तृ m. 1 an epithet of Śiva; गणभर्तृरुक्षा Ki.5.42. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -3 the leader of a class. -भोजनम् mess, eating in common. -यज्ञः a rite common to all. -रत्नमहोदधिः a collection of grammatical gaṇas by Vardhamāna. -राज्यम् N. of an empire in the Deccan; Bṛi. S.14. 14. -रात्रम् a series of nights. -वल्लभः a general of the army (सेनानायक); Rām.2.81.12. -वृत्तम् see गणच्छन्दस्. -हासः, -हासकः a species of perfume.
tāpana तापन a. [तप्-णिच् भावे-ल्युट्] 1 Heating, inflaming, -2 Distressing. -3 Illuminating; अतप्यत स्माखिललोक- तापनम् Bhāg.2.9.8, -नः 1 The sun. -2 The hot season. -3 The sun-stone. -4 N. of one of the arrows of Cupid. -नम् 1 Burning. -2 Distressing. -3 Chastising. -4 A division of hell. -5 Gold. -6 (in drama) Helplessness, perplexity. -ना Austerity. -नी N. of several Upaniṣads.
dharmaḥ धर्मः [ध्रियते लोको$नेन, धरति लोकं वा धृ-मन्; cf. Uṇ 1. 137] 1 Religion; the customary observances of a caste, sect, &c. -2 Law, usage, practice, custom, ordinance, statue. -3 Religious or moral merit, virtue, righteousness, good works (regarded as one of the four ends of human existence); अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्ग- सारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38, and see त्रिवर्ग also; एक एव सुहृद्धर्मो निधने$प्यनुयाति यः H.1.63. -4 Duty, prescribed course of conduct; षष्ठांशवृत्तेरपि धर्म एषः Ś.5.4; Ms.1.114. -5 Right, justice, equity, impartiality. -6 Piety, propriety, decorum. -7 Morality, ethics -8 Nature. disposition, character; उत्पत्स्यते$स्ति मम को$पि समानधर्मा Māl.1.6; प्राणि˚, जीव˚. -9 An essential quality, peculiarity, characteristic property, (peculiar) attribute; वदन्ति वर्ण्यावर्ण्यानां धर्मैक्यं दीपकं बुधाः Chandr.5.45; Pt.1.34. -1 Manner, resemblance, likeness. -11 A sacrifice. -12 Good company, associating with the virtuous -13> Devotion, religious abstraction. -14 Manner, mode. -15 An Upaniṣad q. v. -16 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira, the eldest Pāṇḍava. -17 N. of Yama, the god of death. -18 A bow. -19 A drinker of Soma juice. -2 (In astrol.) N. of the ninth lunar mansion. -21 An Arhat of the Jainas. -22 The soul. -23 Mastery, great skill; दिव्यास्त्रगुणसंपन्नः परं धर्मं गतो युधि Rām.3.31.15. -र्मम् A virtuous deed. -Comp. -अक्षरम् (pl.) holy mantras; a formula of faith; धर्माक्षराण्युदाहरामि Mk.8.45-46. -अङ्गः (-ङ्गा f.) the Indian crane. -अधर्मौ m. (du.) right and wrong, religion and irreligion; धर्माधर्मौ सपदि गलितौ पुण्यपापे विशीर्णे. ˚विद् m. a Mīmāṁsaka who knows the right and wrong course of action. -अधिकरणम् 1 administration of the laws. 1 a court of justice. (-णः) a judge. -अधिकरणिकः, -अधिकारिन् m. a judge, magistrate, any judicial functionary. -अधिकरणिन् m. a judge, magistrate. -अधिकारः 1 superintendence of religious affairs; Ś1. -2 administration of justice. -3 the office of a judge. -अधि- ष्ठानम् a court of justice. -अध्यक्षः 1 a judge. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अनुष्ठानम् acting according to religion, virtuous or moral conduct. -अनुसारः conformity to virtue or justice. -अपेत a. deviating from virtue, wicked, immoral, irreligious. (-तम्) vice, immorality, injustice. -अयनम् course of law, law-suit. -अरण्यम् a sacred or penance grove, a wood inhabited by ascetics; धर्मारण्यं प्रविशति गजः Śi.1.32. -अर्थौः religious merit and wealth; धर्मार्थौ यत्र न स्याताम् Ms.2.112. -अर्थम् ind. 1 for religious purposes. -2 justly, according to justice or right. -अलीक a. having a false character. -अस्तिकायः (with Jainas) the category or predicament of virtue; cf. अस्तिकाय. -अहन् Yesterday. -आगमः a religious statute, lawbook. -आचार्यः 1 a religious teacher. -2 a teacher of law or customs. -आत्मजः an epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira q. v. -आत्मता religiousmindedness; justice, virtue. -आत्मन् a. just righteous, pious, virtuous. (-m.) a saint, a pious man. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. righteous, virtuous; धर्माश्रयं पापिनः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -आसनम् the throne of justice, judgmentseat, tribunal; न संभावितमद्य धर्मासनमध्यासितुम् Ś.6; धर्मासनाद्विशति वासगृहं नरेन्द्रः U.1.7. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः an epithet of Yama; पितॄणामिव धर्मेन्द्रः Mb.7.6.6. -ईप्सु a. wishing to gain religious merit; Ms.1.127. -उत्तर a. 'rich in virtue,' chiefly characterized by justice, eminently just and impartial; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7. -उपचायिन् a. religious; यच्च वः प्रेक्षमाणानां सर्व- धर्मोपचायिनाम् Mb.5.137.16. -उपदेशः 1 instruction in law or duty, religious or moral instruction. आर्षं धर्मोपदेशं च वेदशास्त्राविरोधिना । यस्तर्केणानुसंधत्ते स धर्मं वेद नेतरः ॥ Ms.12.16. -2 the collective body of laws. -उपदेशकः 1 a teacher of the law. -2 a spiritual teacher, a Guru. -कथकः an expounder of law. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम्, -क्रिया 1 any act of duty or religion, any moral or religious observance, a religious act or rite. -2 virtuous conduct. -कथादरिद्रः the Kali age. -काम a. 1 devoted to virtue. -2 observing duty or right. -कायः 1 an epithet of Buddha. -2 a Jaina saint. -कारणम् Cause of virtue. -कीलः 1 a grant, royal edict or decree. -2 husband. -कृत् a. observing duty, acting justly. (-m.) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a pious man. धर्मा- धर्मविहीनो$पि धर्ममर्यादास्थापनार्थं धर्ममेव करोतीति धर्मकृत् Bhāg. -केतुः an epithet of Buddha. -कोशः, -षः the collective body of laws or duties; धर्मकोषस्य गुप्तये Ms.1.99. -क्रिया, -कृत्यम् any act of religion, any moral or religious rite. -क्षेत्रम् 1 Bhāratavarṣa (the land of religion). -2 N. of a plain near Delhi, the scene of the great battle between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. (-त्रः) a virtuous or pious man. -गुप्त a. observing and protecting religion. (-प्तः) N. of Viṣṇu. -ग्रन्थः a sacred work or scripture. -घटः a jar of fragrant water offered daily (to a Brāhmaṇa) in the month of Vaiśākha; एष धर्मघटो दत्तो ब्रह्माविष्णुशिवात्मकः । अस्य प्रदानात् सफला मम सन्तु मनोरथाः ॥ -घ्न a. immoral, unlawful. -चक्रः 1 The wheel or range of the law; Bhddh. Jain. -2 a Buddha. ˚मृत् m. a Buddha or Jaina. -चरणम्, -चर्या observance of the law, performance of religious duties; शिवेन भर्त्रा सह धर्मचर्या कार्या त्वया मुक्तविचारयेति Ku.7.83; वयसि प्रथमे, मतौ चलायां बहुदोषां हि वदन्ति धर्मचर्याम् Bu. Ch.5.3. चारिन् a. practising virtue, observing the law, virtuous, righteous; स चेत्स्वयं कर्मसु धर्मचारिणां त्वमन्त- रायो भवसि R.3.45. (-m.) an ascetic. चारिणी 1 a wife. -2 a chaste or virtuous wife. cf. सह˚; इयं चोर्वशी यावदायुस्तव सहधर्मचारिणी भवत्विति V.5.19/2. -चिन्तक a. 1 studying or familiar with duty. -2 reflecting on the law. -चिन्तनम्, चिन्ता study of virtue, consideration of moral duties, moral reflection. -च्छलः fraudulent transgression of law or duty. -जः 1 'duly or lawfully born', a legitimate son; cf. Ms.9.17. -2 N. of युधिष्ठिर; Mb.15.1.44. -जन्मन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -जिज्ञासा inquiry into religion or the proper course of conduct; अथातो धर्मजिज्ञासा Jaimini's Sūtra. -जीवन a. one who acts according to the rules of his caste or fulfils prescribed duties. (-नः) a Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself by assisting other men in the performance of their religious rites; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing what is right, conversant with civil or religious law; Ms.7.141;8.179;1.127. -2 just, righteous, pious. -त्यागः abandoning one's religion, apostacy. -दक्षिणा a fee for instruction in the law. -दानम् a charitable gift (made without any self-interest.) पात्रेभ्यो दीयते नित्यमनपेक्ष्य प्रयोजनम् । केवलं धर्मबुद्ध्या यद् धर्मदानं प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.262. -दुघा a cow milked for religious purposes only. -द्रवी N. of the Ganges. -दारा m. (pl.) a lawful wife; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl. 6.18. -द्रुह् a. voilating the law or right; निसर्गेण स धर्मस्य गोप्ता धर्मद्रुहो वयम् Mv.2.7. -द्रोहिन् m. a demon. -धातुः an epithet of Buddha. -ध्वजः -ध्वजिन् m. a religious hypocrite, an impostor; Bhāg.3.32.39. -नन्दनः an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -नाथः a legal protector, rightful master. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निबन्धिन् a. pious, holy. -निवेशः religious devotion. -निष्ठ a. devoted to religion or virtue; श्रीमन्तः पान्तु पृथ्वीं प्रशमित- रिपवो धर्मनिष्ठाश्च भूपाः Mk.1.61. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 discharge or fulfilment of duty. -2 moral or religious observance; -पत्नी a lawful wife; R.2.2,2,72;8.7; Y.2.128. -पथः the way of virtue, a virtuous course of conduct. -पर a. religious-minded, pious, righteous. -परिणामः rise of righteous conduct in the heart (Jainism); cf. also एतेन भूतेन्द्रियेषु धर्मलक्षणावस्थापरिणामा व्याख्याताः Yoga-darśana. -पाठकः a teacher of civil or religious law; Ms.12.111. -पालः 'protector of the law', said metaphorically of (दण्ड) 'punishment or chastisement', or 'sword'. -पाडा transgressing the law, an offence against law. -पुत्रः 1 a lawful son, a son begotten from a sense of duty and not from mere lust or sensual pleasure. -2 an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -3 any one regarded as a son for religious purposes, a spiritual son. -प्रचारः (fig.) sword. -प्रतिरूपकः a counterfeit of virtue; Ms.11.9. -प्रधान a. eminent in piety; धर्मप्रधानं पुरुषं तपसा हतकिल्बिषम् Ms.4.243. -प्रवक्तृ m. 1 an expounder of the law, a legal adviser. -2 a religious teacher, preacher. -प्रवचनम् 1 the science of duty; U.5.23. -2 expounding the law. (-नः) an epithet of Buddha. -प्रेक्ष्य a. religious or virtuous (धर्मदृष्टि); Rām.2.85.16. -बाणिजिकः, -वाणिजिकः 1 one who tries to make profit out of his virtue like a merchant. -2 one who performs religious rites with a view to reward, like a merchant dealing in transactions for profit. -बाह्यः a. contrary to religion or what is right. -भगिनी 1 a lawful sister. -2 a daughter of the spiritual preceptor. -3 a spiritual sister, any one regarded as a sister or discharging the same religious duties एतस्मिन्विहारे मम धर्मभगिनी तिष्ठति Mk.8.46/47. -भागिनी a virtuous wife. -भाणकः a lecturer or public reader who reads and explains to audiences sacred books like the Bhārata, Bhāgavata, &c. -भिक्षुकः a mendicant from virtuous motives; Ms. 11.2. -भृत् m. 1 'a preserver or defender of justice,' a king. -2 a virtuous person. -भ्रातृ m. 1 a fellow religious student, a spiritual brother. -2 any one regarded as a brother from discharging the same religious duties. वानप्रस्थयतिब्रह्मचारिणां रिक्थभागिनः । क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः ॥ Y.2.137. -महामात्रः a minister of religion, a minister in charge of religious affairs. -मूलम् the foundation of civil or religious law, the Vedas. -मेघः a particular Samādhi. -युगम् the Kṛita age; अथ धर्मयुगे तस्मिन्योगधर्ममनुष्ठिता । महीमनुचचारैका सुलभा नाम भिक्षुकी Mb.12.32.7. -यूपः, -योनिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -रति a. 'delighting in virtue or justice', righteous, pious, just; तस्य धर्मरतेरासीद् वृद्धत्वं जरसा विना R.1.23. -रत्नम् N. of a Jaina स्मृतिग्रन्थ prepared by Jīmūtavāhana. -राज् -m. an epithet of Yama. -राज a. धर्मशील q. v.; धर्मराजेन जनकेन महात्मना (विदेहान् रक्षितान्) Mb.12.325 19. -राजः an epithet of 1 Yama. -2 Jina. -3 युधिष्ठिर. -4 a king. -राजन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -राजिका a monument, a stūpa (Sārnāth Inscrip. of Mahīpāla; Ind. Ant. Vol.14, p.14.) -रोधिन् a. 1 opposed to law, illegal, unlawful. -2 immoral. -लक्षणम् 1 the essential mark of law. -2 the Vedas. (-णा) the Mīmāṁsā philosophy. -लोपः 1 irreligion, immorality. -2 violation of duty; धर्मलोपभयाद्राज्ञीमृतुस्नातामिमां स्मरन् R. 1.76. -वत्सल a. loving piety or duty. -वर्तिन् a. just, virtuous. -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva. -वादः discussion about law or duty, religious controversy; अनुकल्पः परो धर्मो धर्मवादैस्तु केवलम् Mb.12.165.15. -वासरः 1 the day of full moon. -2 yesterday. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a buffalo (being the vehicle of Yama). -विद् a. familiar with the law (civil or religious). ˚उत्तमः N. of Viṣṇu. -विद्या knowledge of the law or right. -विधिः a legal precept or injunction; एष धर्मविधिः कृत्स्नश्चातुर्वर्ण्यस्य कीर्तितः Ms.1.131. -विप्लवः violation of duty, immorality. -विवेचनम् 1 judicial investigation; यस्य शूद्रस्तु कुरुते राज्ञो धर्मविवेचनम् । तस्य सीदति तद्राष्ट्रं पङ्के गौरिव पश्यतः ॥ Ms.8.21. -2 dissertation on duty. -वीरः (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of virtue or piety, the sentiment of chivalrous piety; the following instance is given in R. G.:-- सपदि विलयमेतु राज्यलक्ष्मीरुपरि पतन्त्वथवा कृपाणधाराः । अपहरतुतरां शिरः कृतान्तो मम तु मतिर्न मनागपैतु धर्मात् ॥ स च दानधर्मयुद्धैर्दयया च समन्वितश्चतुर्धा स्यात् S. D. -वृद्ध a. advanced in virtue or piety; न धर्मवृद्धेषु वयः समीक्ष्यते Ku.5.16. -वैतंसिकः one who gives away money unlawfully acquired in the hope of appearing generous. -व्यवस्था m. judicial decision, decisive sentence. -शाला 1 a court of justice, tribunal. -2 any charitabla institution. -शासनम्, शास्त्रम् a code of laws, jurisprudence; न धर्मशास्त्रं पठतीति कारणम् H.1.17; Y.1.5. [मनुर्यमो वसिष्ठो$त्रिः दक्षो विष्णुस्तथाङ्गिराः । उशना वाक्पतिर्व्यास आपस्तम्बो$ थ गौतमः ॥ कात्यायनो नारदश्च याज्ञवल्क्यः पराशरः । संवर्तश्चैव शङ्खश्च हारीतो लिखितस्तथा ॥ एतैर्यानि प्रणीतानि धर्मशास्त्राणि वै पुरा । तान्येवातिप्रमाणानि न हन्तव्यानि हेतुभिः ॥] -शील a. just, pious, virtuous. -शुद्धिः a correct knowledge of the law; प्रत्यक्षं चानुमानं च शास्त्रं च विविधागमम् । त्रयं सुविदितं कार्यं धर्मशुद्धिमभीप्सता ॥ Ms.12.15. -संहिता a code of laws (especially compiled by sages like Manu, Yājñavalkya, &c.). -संगः 1 attachmet to justice or virtue. -2 hypocrisy. -संगीतिः 1 discussion about law. -2 (with Buddhists) a council. -सभा a court of justice. -समयः a legal obligation; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -सहायः a partner or companion in the discharge of religious duties. -सूः m. the fork-tailed shrike. -सूत्रम् a book on पूर्वमीमांसा written by Jaimini. -सेतुः an epithet of Śiva. -सेवनम् fulfilment of duties. -स्थः a judge; धर्मस्थः कारणैरेतैर्हीनं तमिति निर्दिशेत् Ms.8.57. -स्थीय a. Concerning law; धर्मस्थीयं तृतीयं प्रकरणम् Kau. A.3. -स्वामिन् m. an epithet of Buddha.
naḍaḥ नडः डम् A species of reed. -डः 1 N. of a prince with patronymic Naiṣadha (= नलनैषध); see नल. -2 N. of a tribe preparing a sort of bracelets. -Comp. -अगारम्, -आगारम् a hut of reeds. -नेरिः a kind of dance. -प्राय a. abounding in reeds. -भक्तम् a place abounding in reeds. -मीनः a kind of fish (sprat). -वनम् a thicket of reeds. -संहतिः f. a collection or quantity of reeds.
nalaḥ नलः 1 A kind of reed; Bhāg.1.6.13; एरण़्डभिण्डार्कनलैः प्रभूतैरपि संचितैः । दारुकृत्यं यथा नास्ति तथैवाज्ञैः प्रयोजनम् ॥ Pt.1.96. -2 N. of a celebrated king of the Niṣadhas and hero of the poem called 'Naiṣadhacharita'. [Nala was a very noble-minded and virtuous king. He was chosen by Damayantī in spite of the opposition of gods, and they lived happily for some years. But Kali--who was disappointed in securing her hand-resolved to persecute Nala, and entered into his person. Thus affected he played at dice with his brother, and having lost everything, he, with his wife, was banished from the kingdom. One day, while wandering through the wilderness, he abandoned his wife, almost naked, and went away. Subsequently he was deformed by the serpent Karkoṭaka, and so deformed he entered the service of king Ṛituparṇa of Ayodhyā as a horse-groom under the name of Bāhuka. Subsequently with the assistance of the king he regained his beloved and they led a happy life; see ऋतुपर्ण and दमयन्ती also.] -3 N. of a monkey-chief, son of Viśvakarman, who, it is said, built the bridge of stones called Nalasetu or 'Adam's bridge' over which Rāma passed to Laṅkā with his army. -4 N. of a year (Nm.) -5 A measure of length (equal to 4 हस्तs); वेदीमष्टनलोत्सेधाम् Mb.7.7.16. -6 N. of divine being (पितृदेव). -लम् 1 A blue lotus; नलनीलमूर्तेः Śrīkanthacharita 1.33. -2 Smell, odour. -Comp. -कीलः the knee. -कूब (व) रः N. of a son of Kubera. -तूला a variety of the hides of aquatic animals; Kau. A.2.11. -दम् 1 a fragrant root (उशीर); Ki.12.5; N.4.116. कतकं नक्रनखरं नलदं नागकेसरम् Śiva. B.3.14. -2 the honey of a flower. -3 the flower of Hibiscus Rosa Sinensis (Mar. जास्वंद). -पट्टिका a sort of mat made of reeds. -मीनः a shrimp or prawn; Rām.3.73.14.
nāradaḥ नारदः [नरस्य धर्मो नारं, तत् ददाति दा-क] N. of a celebrated Devarṣi (deified saint or divine sage). [He is one of the ten mind-born sons of Brahmā, being supposed to have sprung from his thigh (Ms.1. 35). He is represented as a messenger from the gods to men and vice versa and as being very fond of promoting discords among gods and men; hence his epithet of Kalipriya. He is said to have been the inventor of the lute or Vīṇā. He is also the author of a code of laws which goes by his name.] -Comp. -उपनिषद् N. of a Upaniṣad.
nārāyaṇaḥ नारायणः 1 An epithet of Viṣṇu; (the word is thus derived in Ms.1.1. आपो नारा इति प्रोक्ता आपो वै नरसूनवः । ता यदस्यायनं पूर्वं तेन नारायणः स्मृतः ॥) नारायणं नमस्कृत्य ...... ततो जयमुदीरयेत् Mb.1.1.1; नीरे नीरचरैः समं स भगवान् निद्राति नारायणः Jagannātha Paṇḍita. -2 N. of an ancient sage said to be a companion of Nara and to have produced Urvaśī from his thigh; cf. ऊरूद्भवा नरसखस्य मुनेः सुरस्त्री V.1.3; see नरनारायण under नर also. -3 N. of the second month (reckoning from मार्गशीर्ष). -णी 1 An epithet of Lakṣmī the goddess of wealth. -2 An epithet of Durgā. -3 An epithet of Gaṅgā and Gaṇḍakī. -4 N. of a plant (Mar. शतावरी). -Comp. -अस्त्रम् N. of a missile. -उपनिषद् N. of an Upaniṣad. -प्रियः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 yellow sandal-wood. -बलिः an oblation given to five deities including नारायण in performing the funeral rites of a person dying a sinful death.
niṣadha निषध a. Hard, solid. -धाः m. (pl.) N. of a people and their country governed by Nala. -धः 1 A ruler of the Niṣadhas. -2 N. of a mountain. -3 A musical note; cf. निषाद. -धा N. of Nala's capital.
naigama नैगम a. (-मी f.) [निगम्-अण्] Relating to or occurring in the Veda or holy writings; as in ˚काण्डम्. जपन् वै नैगमान् मन्त्रांस्तस्थौ पर्वतराडिव Rām.7.34.18. -मः 1 An interpreter of the Vedas or sacred writings; ब्राह्मणा नैगमास्तत्र परिवार्योपतस्थिरे Mb.16.7.8; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29; इति नैगमाः -2 An Upaniṣad q. v. -3 A means, an expedient; तेषां प्रतिविघातार्थं प्रवक्ष्याम्यथ नैगमम् Mb.12.1.4. -4 Prudent conduct. -5 A citizen, towns-man. -6 A trader, merchant; धाराहारोप- नयनपरा नैगमाः सानुमन्तः V.4.4. -7 A name given to a collection of 278 Vedic words, commented on by Yāska. -Comp. -काण्डः, -ण्डम् N. of the three chapters of the Nirukta, where the Vedic words are explained by Yāska.
naiṣadha नैषध 1 A king of the Niṣadhas. -2 Especially, an epithet of king Nala, q. v.; स नैषधस्यार्थपतेः सुतायाम् R. -3 A native or inhabitant of Niṣadha. -4 N. of a Mahākāvya by Śrīharṣa (treating of the adventures of Nala, king of the Niṣadhas).
pariṣad परिषद् f. 1 An assembly, a meeting, council, audience; परिषत् स्याद्दशावरा Ms.12.111; अभिरूपभूयिष्ठा परिषदि- यम् Śi.1. -2 A religious assembly or synod; चातुर्वैद्यः प्रकल्पी च अङ्गविद् धर्मपाठकः । त्रयश्चाश्रमिणो वृद्धाः परिषत् स्याद्दशा- वरा ॥ Aṅgirasasmṛiti. -3 A group, collection, circle; बटुपरिषदं पुण्यश्रीकः श्रियेव सभाजयन् U.4.19; Rām.2.111.5. Also परिषत्त्वम्; सहस्रशः समेतानां परिषत्त्वं न विद्यते Ms.12.114. परिषदः pariṣadḥ परिषद्यः pariṣadyḥ परिषद्वलः pariṣadvalḥ परिषदः परिषद्यः परिषद्वलः A member of an assembly (councillor, assessor &c.).
pīṭham पीठम् 1 A seat (a stool, chair, bench, sofa &c.); जवेन पीठादुदतिष्ठदच्युतः Śi.1.12; R,4.84;6.15. -2 The seat of a religious student made of Kuśa grass. -3 The seat of a deity, an altar. -4 A pedestal in general, basis. -5 A particular posture in sitting. -6 (In geometry) The complement of a segment. -7 N. of various temples; पीठं जालंधरं नाम तिष्ठत्यत्र चतुर्मुख Yogaśikhopaniṣad, 5.11. -8 A royal seat, throne. -9 A district, province. -Comp. -अधिकारः appointment to an office. -केलिः a male confidant, a parasite. -ग a. 1 lame, crippled. -2 seated in one's seat (not a warrior); यो$पि स्यात् पठिगः कश्चित् किं पुनः समरे स्थितः Mb.3.22.24 (com. पीठगः स्वासनस्थः अयुद्धमानो$पीत्यर्थः ।). -गर्भः the cavity in the pedestal of an idol. -चक्रम् a carriage. -नायिका a girl of fourteen (before menstruation) who represents Durgā at the festival of that goddess. -भूः f. basis, basement. -मर्द a. very impudent. -र्दः 1 a companion, parasite, one who assists the hero of a drama in great undertakings, e. g. in securing his mistress; Dk.2.2; so पीठमर्दिका 'a lady who assists the heroine in securing her lover'; उपस्थिता पीठमर्दिकां पण्डितकौशिकीं पुरस्कृत्य देवी M.1.13/14. -2 a dancing master who instructs courtezans in the art of dancing. -सर्प a. lame, crippled; Ms.8.394; कर्तव्ये पुरुषव्याघ्र किमास्से पीठसर्पवत् Mb.3.35.22.
puṇya पुण्य a. [Uṇ.5.15.] 1 Holy, sacred, pure; जनकतनया- स्नानपुण्योदकेषु आश्रमेषु Me.1; पुण्यं धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; पुण्यानि हि नामग्रहणान्यपि महामुनीनां किं पुनर्दर्शनानि K.41; Ś.2.14; Ms.2.68. -2 Good, meritorious, virtuous, righteous, just. -3 Auspicious, propitious, lucky, favourable (as a day); Ms.2.26,3. -4 Agreeable, pleasing, lovely, beautiful; प्रकृत्या पुण्यलक्ष्मीकौ Mv. 1.16,24; U.4.19; Ku.5.73; so पुण्यदर्शनः &c. -5 Sweet, fragrant (as odour). -6 Solemn, festive, -ण्यम् 1 Virtue, religious or moral merit; अत्युत्कटैः पापपुण्यैरिहैव फलमश्नुते H.1.8; महतः पुण्यपण्येन क्रीतेयं कायनौ- स्त्वया Śānti.3.1; R.1.69; N.3.87. -2 A virtuous or meritorious act, good or virtuous works. -3 Purity, purification. -4 A trough for watering cattle. -5 A religious ceremony, especially one performed by a wife to retain her husband's affection and to obtain a son. -6 (Astrol.) the seventh mansion from जन्मलग्न. -7 the union of मेष, कर्क, तुला and मकर. -ण्या 1 The holy basil. -2 The Ganges. -Comp. -अनुभावः pleasing majesty or dignity; U.4.22. -अहम् (for अहन्) a happy or auspicious day; पुण्याहं भवन्तो ब्रुवन्तु । अस्तु पुण्याहम्; पुण्याहं व्रज मङ्गलं सुदिवसं प्रातः प्रयातस्य ते Amaru.61. ˚वाचन repeating 'this is an auspicious day' three times at the commencement of most religious ceremonies. -आत्मन् a. pious, righteous. -उदयः the dawn or resulting of good fortune. -उद्यान a. having lovely gardens. -कर्तृ m. a meritorious or virtuous man. -कर्मन् a. doing meritorious acts, upright, righteous, (-n.) a meritorious act. -कालः an auspicious time. -कीर्तनः, -श्रवणः N. of Viṣṇu. (-नम्) narrating or reading Purāṇas. -कीर्ति a. bearing good or holy name, of auspicious fame, celebrated; स पुण्यकीर्तिः शतमन्यु- कल्पो महेन्द्रलोकप्रतिमां समृद्ध्या (अध्यास्त) Bk.1.5. -कृत् a. virtuous, meritorious. -कृत्यम् a meritorious work. -क्षेत्रम् 1 a holy place, place of pilgrimage; अन्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं पुण्यक्षेत्रे विनश्यति । पुण्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं वज्रलेपो भविष्यति ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 'The holy land', N. of Āryāvarta. -गन्ध a. Sweet-scented. (-न्धः) the Champaka tree. -गन्धि a. fragrant. -गृह 1 an alms-house. -2 a temple; उद्यानानि च रम्याणि हृष्टाः पुण्यगृहाणि च Rām.2.67.12 (com. पुण्यगृहाणि पुण्यसंपादकगृहाणि विप्राद्यर्थानि). -जनः 1 a virtuous man. -2 a demon, goblin; वियति प्रसमीक्ष्य कालमेघमप्रतिमं पुण्यजनौघमुन्नदन्तम् Rām. Ch.2.56. -3 a Yakṣa; Bhāg.4.1.3; पयोधरैः पुण्यजनाङ्गनानाम् R.13.6. ˚ईश्वरः an epithet of Kubera; अनुययौ यमपुण्यजनेश्वरौ R.9.6. -जित a. won by merit or good works. -तीर्थम् a holy place of pilgrimage. -दर्शन a. 1 beautiful. -2 of sacred appearance; तां पुण्यदर्शनां दृष्ट्वा R.1.86. (-नः) the blue jay. (-नम्) visiting holy shrines. -दुह् a. granting happiness or beatitude. -निवह a. meritorious. -पुरुषः a man rich in moral merit, a pious man. -प्रतापः the efficacy of virtue or moral merit. -फलम् the reward of good works; यत् पुण्यफलमाप्नोति गां दत्त्वा विधिवद् गुरोः । तत् पुण्यफलमाप्नोति भिक्षां दत्त्वा द्विजो गृही ॥ Ms.3.95. (-लः) a grove. -भाज् a. blessed, virtuous, meritorious; पुण्यभाजः खल्वमी मुनयः K.43. -भूः -भूमिः f. 1 'the holy land', i. e. Āryāvarta. -2 The son-bearing mother. -योगः the result of virtuous deeds done in a former life. -रात्रः 1 an auspicious night. -2 a night on which any religious ceremony is held. -लक्ष्मीक a. auspicious, prosperous; प्रकृत्या पुण्यलक्ष्मीकौ कावेतौ ज्ञायते त्विदम् Mv.1.16. -लोकः heaven, paradise. -शकुनम् an auspicious omen. (-नः) a bird of good omen. -शाला alms-house. -शील a. of a virtuous disposition, inclined to pious acts, virtuous, pious, righteous. -श्लोक a. 'well-spoken of', or 'auspicious to repeat or utter the name of', of good fame; Dk.2.8. (-कः) an epithet of Nala (of Niṣadha); Yudhiṣṭhira and Janārdana; पुण्यश्लोको नलो राजा पुण्यश्लोको युधिष्ठिरः । पुण्यश्लोका च वैदेही पुण्यश्लोको जनार्दनः ॥. (-का) an epithet of Sītā and Draupadī. -संचयः a store of virtue or religious merit. -स्थानम् a sacred or holy place, a place of pilgrimage.
praśnaḥ प्रश्नः [प्रच्छ्-भावे नङ्] 1 A question, query; an inquiry, interrogation (अविज्ञातप्रवचनं प्रश्न इत्यभिधीयते); अनामयप्रश्न- पूर्वकम् Ś.5 'with an inquiry about (your) well-being or health.' -2 A judicial inquiry or investigation. -3 A point at issue, a subject of controversy, controverted or disputed point; इति प्रश्न उपस्थितः. -4 A problem for solution or calculation; अहं ते प्रश्नं दास्यामि Mk. -5 Inquiry into the future. -6 A short section of a work. -7 Basket-work. -8 A task or lesson (in Vedic recitation). -Comp. -उपनिषद् f. N. of an Upaniṣad consisting of six questions and six answers. -कथा a story containing a question. -दूतिः, -ती f. a riddle, an enigma. -पूर्वकेन ind. after examination; Hch. -वादिन् a fortune-teller. -विवाकः an arbitrator, umpire.
prasthānam प्रस्थानम् 1 Going or setting forth, departure, moving, walking; प्रस्थानविक्लवगतेरवलम्बनार्थम् Ś.5.3; R.4.88; Me.43; प्रस्थानं वलयैः कृतम् Amaru.36. -2 Coming to मन्ये मत्पावनायैव प्रस्थानं भवतामिह Ku.6.61. -3 Sending away, despatching. -4 Procession, march. -5 A march, the march of an army or assailant; प्रस्थाने भूमिपालो दशदिवमसभिव्याप्य नैकत्र तिष्ठेत. -6 A method, system. -7 Death, dying. -8 An inferior kind of drama; see S. D.276,544. -9 A religious school, sect; प्रभिन्ने प्रस्थाने परिमितमदः पथ्यमिति च Mahimna 7. -1 Religious mendicancy; सप्रस्थानाः क्षात्रधर्मा विशिष्टाः Mb.12.64.22. -Comp. -त्रयी, -त्रयम् Bhagwadgītā, Upaniṣadas and Brahmasūtras. -दुन्दुभिः a drum giving the signal for marching.
bṛhat बृहत् a. (-ती f.) [बृह्-अति] 1 Large, great, big, bulky; वितरति बृहदश्मा पर्वतः प्रीतिमक्ष्णोः Māl.9.5. -2 Wide, broad, extensive, far-extended; दिलीपसूनोः स बृहद्भुजान्तरम् R.3.54. -3 Vast, ample, abundant. -4 Strong, powerful. -5 Long, tall; देवदारुबृहद्भुजः Ku.6.51. -6 Fullgrown. -7 Compact, dense. -8 Eldest, or oldest. -9 Bright. -1 Clear, loud (as sound). -m. N. of Viṣṇu; अणुर्बृहन् कृशः स्थूलः V. Sah. -f. Speech; शिष्याय बृहतां पत्युः प्रस्तावमदिशद्दृशा Śi.2.68. -ती 1 A large lute. -2 The lute of Nārada. -3 A symbolical expression for the number 'thirty-six'. -4 A part of the body between the breast and backbone. -5 A mantle, wrapper. -6 A reservoir. -7 The egg-plant. -8 N. of a metre. -9 A speech; दक्षां पृश्निं बृहतीं विप्रकृष्टां ...... गङ्गां गता ये त्रिदिवं गतास्ते Mb.13.26.86; अनन्तपारां बृहतीं सृजत्याक्षिपते स्वयम् Bhāg.11.21.4. -n. 1 The Veda; जामदग्न्यो$पि ...... वर्तयिष्यति वै बृहत् Bhāg.9.16.25. -2 N. of a Sāman; बृहत्साम तथा साम्नां गायत्री छन्दसामहम् Bg.1.35; cf. Ch. Up.2.14.1. -3 Brahman; बृहदुपलब्धमेतदवयन्त्यवशेषतया Bhāg.1.87.15. -4 Devoted celibacy (नैष्ठिक ब्रह्मचर्यम्); सावित्रं प्राजापत्यं च ब्राह्मं चाथ बृहत्तथा Bhāg.3.12.42. (बृहत्, बृहता ind. 1 Greatly, highly. -2 Clearly, brightly) -Comp. -अङ्ग, -काय a. large-bodied, gigantic. (-ङ्गः) a large elephant. -आरण्यम्, -आरण्यकम् N. of a celebrated Upaniṣad, forming the last six chapters of the Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. -उत्तरतापिनी N. of an Upaniṣad. -एला large cardamoms. -कथा N. of a work ascribed to Guṇāḍhya; हरलीलेव नो यस्य विस्मयाय बृहत्कथा Hch. -काय a. big-bodied, bulky, gigantic. -कुक्षि a. large-bellied. -केतुः an epithet of Agni. -गृहः N. of a country. -गोलम् a water-melon. -चित्तः the citron tree. -जनः an illustrious person. -जघन a. broad-hipped. -जीवन्तिका, -जीवन्ती a kind of plant. -ढक्का a large drum. -तृणम् 1 strong grass. -2 the bamboo cane. -तेजस् m. the planet Jupiter. -देवता N. of a large work enumerating Vedic Deities. -नटः, -नलः, -ला the name assumed by Arjuna when residing as dancing and music master at the court of Virāṭa. -नलः the arm. -नारदीयम् N. of an Upapurāṇa. -नालः, -नालिकम्, -नालिकायन्त्रम् a cannon; Śukra 1.254. -निवेश a. large, protuberant. -नेत्र a. far-sighted, prudent. -पाटलिः the thorn-apple (Mar. धोत्रा). -पादः the fig-tree. -पालः the Indian fig-tree. -पालिन् m. wild cumin. -फल a. 1 having or bearing large fruits. -2 yielding good fruit or reward. (-ला) N. of various plants (Mar. कडू भोपळा, कोहळा etc.). -भट्टारिका an epithet of Durgā. -भानुः 1 fire. -2 the sun; वराहो$ग्निर्बृहद्भानुः Mb.12. 43.8. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -भास a. very bright, brightly shining. -रथः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 N. of a king, father of Jarāsandha. -वादिन् a. talking much, a boaster, swaggerer. -राविन् m. a kind of small owl. -शल्कः a sprawn. -श्रवस् a. highly praised, farfamed. -संहिता N. of a work on astrology by Varāhamihira. -सामन् N. of a Sāman; बृहत्साम तथा साम्नाम् Bg.1.35. -स्फिच् a. broad-hipped, having large buttocks.
brahman ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.] 1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the material cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.); ... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb. -2 A hymn of praise. -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17. -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15. -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32. -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4. -8 Religious penance or austerities. -9 Celibacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1. -1 Final emancipation or beatitude. -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge. -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda. -13 Wealth. -14 Food. -15 A Brāhmaṇa. -16 Truth. -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26. -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3. -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31. -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m. 1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is entrusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.] -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4. -3 A devout man. -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice. -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge. -6 The sun. -7 Intellect. -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis :-मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ. -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka. -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18. -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23. -1 Of Śiva. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om. -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse. -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon). -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda. -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71. -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī. -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas. -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow. -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas. -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study. -2 N. of a forest. -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge. -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit. -3 N. of a spell. -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered. -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman. -आत्मभूः a horse. -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31. -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71. -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5. -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14. -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation. -आहुतिः f. 1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ. -2 the study of the Vedas. -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.). -उत्तर a. 1 treating principally of Brahman. -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas. -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up. -उपदेशः instruction in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree. -ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः or ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Brahmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19). -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice. -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī. -करः a tax paid to the priestly class. -कर्मन् n. 1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice. -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man). -कल्पः an age of Brahman. -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge. -काष्ठः the mulberry tree. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas. -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa. -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥. -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9. -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra. -गिरिः N. of a mountain. -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata. -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D. -गोलः the universe. -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति). -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body. -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत. -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n., -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāhmaṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also). -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy. -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses. -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda. -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.). -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up. -2 N. of a magical circle. -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh. -2 religious study, self-restraint. -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence. -चारिकम् the life of a religious student. -चारिन् a. 1 studying the Vedas. -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭhaśrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87. -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Skanda. -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity. -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् n. 1 spirtual birth. -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17. -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up. -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra. -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge. -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P. -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma. (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7. -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief. -ज्योतिस् n. 1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तेजस् n. 1 the glory of Brahman. -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa. -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232. -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām. -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24. -5 magic, spells, incantation (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27. -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा). -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233. -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge received as an inheritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3. -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa. -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa. -दारुः the mulberry tree. -दिनम् a day of Brahman. -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch. -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage. (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19. -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge. -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह. -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4. -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a. 1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.). -2 hostile to religious acts or devotion, impious, godless. -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas. -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge. -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39. -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree. -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman. -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit. -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass. -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas. -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree. -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge. -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14. -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75. -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman. -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal. (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison. -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7. -2 the body; Ch. Up. -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven). -2 N. of Benares. -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs). -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up. -प्राप्तिः f. absorption into the Supreme spirit. -बलम् the Brahmanical power. -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāhmaṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2. -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa. -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda. -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17. -2 the mulberry tree. -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -भवनम् the abode of Brahman. -भागः 1 the mulberry tree. -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br. -भावः absorption into the Supreme Spirit -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4. -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many. -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16. -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14. -भूतिः f. twilight. -भूमिजा a kind of pepper. -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98. -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17. -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma. -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī. -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas. -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends. -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit. -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day. -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman. -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मेखलः the Munja plant. -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.) -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge. -योनि a. 1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f. 1 original source in Brahman. -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74. -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa. -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24. -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17. -रवः muttering of prayers. -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar. -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8. -रात्रः early dawn. -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः) -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred knowledge. -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -3 a particular constellation. -रीतिः f. a kind of brass. -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man. -लोकः the world of Brahman. -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक. -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas. -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāhmaṇa. -वर्चस् n., -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94. -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6. -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39. -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त. -वर्धनम् copper. -वाच् f. the sacred text. -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1. -वादिन् m. 1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1. -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra. -वासः the abode of Brāhmaṇas. -विद्, -विद a. 1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher. -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1. -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु. -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra. -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh. -वीणा a particular Vīṇā. -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree. -2 the Udumbara tree. -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42. -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas. -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas. -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma. -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद). -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4. -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्. -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas -व्रतम् a vow of chastity. -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ). -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman. -2 a place for reciting the Vedas. -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas. -2 a command of Brahman. -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa. -4 instruction about sacred duty. -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649. -श्री N. of a Sāman. -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāhmaṇas. -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred knowledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1. -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4. -2 meditation of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9. -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer. -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman. -सभा the hall or court of Brahman. -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada. -सर्पः a kind of snake. -सवः distillation of Soma. -सायुज्यम् complete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय. -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232. -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21. -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c. -2 a kind of Ketu. -सुवर्चला f. 1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?). -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159. -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha. -2 N. of the god of love. -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51. -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4. -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread. -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48. -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116. -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला); ...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते ... Rām.6.1.16. -स्थानः the mulberry tree. -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property. -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit. -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72. -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74. -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).
madhya मध्य a. [मन्-यत् नस्य धः Tv.] 1 Middle, central, being in the middle or centre; एकं मुक्तागुणमिव भुवः स्थूल- मध्येन्द्रनीलम् Me.48; Ms.2.21. -2 Intervening, intermediate. -3 Middling, moderate, of a middling size or quality, mediocre; अग्ऱ्यो मध्यो जघन्यश्च तं प्रवेक्ष्याम्यशेषतः Ms.12.3; प्रारभ्य विघ्नविहता विरमन्ति मध्याः Bh.2.27. -4 Neutral, impartial. -5 Just, right. -6 Mean (in astr.). -ध्यः, -ध्यम् 1 The middle, centre, middle or central part; अह्नः मध्यम् midday; सहस्रदीधितिरलंकरोति मध्यमह्नः Māl. 1 'the sun is on the meridian' or 'right over-head'; सरति सहसा बाह्वोर्मध्यं गताप्यबला सती M.4.11 (v. l.); व्योममध्ये V.2.1. -2 The middle of the body, the waist; मध्ये क्षामा Me.84; वेदिविलग्नमध्या Ku.1.39; विशालवक्षास्तनुवृत्तमध्यः R.6.32; दधाना बलिभं मध्यं कर्णजाहविलोचना Bk.4.16. -3 The belly, abdomen; मध्येन ... वलित्रयं चारु बभार बाला Ku.1.39. -4 The inside or interior of anything. -5 A middle state or condition. -6 The flank of a horse. -7 Mean time in music. -8 The middle term of a progression. -9 Cessation, pause, interval. -ध्या 1 The middle finger. -2 A young woman, one arrived at puberty. -ध्यम् Ten thousand billions. [The acc., instr., abl. and loc. singulars of मध्य are used adverbially. (a) मध्यम् into the midst of, into. (b) मध्येन through or between. (c) मध्यात् out of, from among, from the midst (with gen.); तेषां मध्यात् काकः प्रोवाच Pt.1. (d) मध्ये 1 in the middle, between, among, in the midst; स जहार तयोर्मध्ये मैथिलीं लोकशोषणः R.12.29. -2 in, into, within, inside, oft. as the first member of adverbial compounds; e. g. मध्येगङ्गम् into the Ganges; मध्येजठरम् in the belly; Bv.1.61; मध्येनगरम् inside the city; मध्येनदि in the middle of the river; मध्येपृष्ठम् on the back; मध्येभक्तम् a medicine taken in the middle of one's meals; मध्येरणम् in the battle; Bv.1.128; मध्ये- सभम् in or before an assembly; N.6.76; मध्येसमुद्रम् in the midst of the sea; Śi.3.33.]. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः, -ला f. the middle finger. -अह्नः (for अहन्) midday, noon; प्रातःकालो मुहूर्तांस्त्रीन् संगवस्तावदेव तु । मध्याह्नस्त्रिमुहूर्तं स्यात् ...... Dakṣasamhitā. ˚कृत्यम्, ˚क्रिया a midday rite or observance. ˚कालः, ˚वेला, ˚समयः noontime, midday. ˚स्नानम् midday ablution. -आदित्यः the mid-day sun. -उदात्त a. having the उदात्त accent on the middle syllable. -कर्णः a radius. -क्ष्मामा N. of a metre. -ग a. being or going in the middle or among. -गत a. central, middle, being in the middle. -गन्धः the mango tree. -ग्रहणम् the middle of an eclipse. -छाया mean or middle shadow. -जिह्वम् the organ of the palatals. -ज्या the sign of the meridian. -तमस् n. circular or annular darkness, central darkness. -तापिनी N. of an Upaniṣad. -दन्तः a front tooth. -दिनम् (also मध्यंदिनम्); मध्यंदिने$र्धरात्रे च Ms.7.151. 1 midday, noon. -2 a midday offering. -दीपकम् a variety of the figure called Dīpaka, in which the common attribute that throws light on the whole description is placed in the middle; e. g; गरुडानिलतिग्मरश्मयः पततां यद्यपि संमता जवे । अचिरेण कृतार्थमागतं तममन्यन्त तथाप्यतीव ते ॥ Bk.1.25. -देशः 1 the middle region or space, the middle part of anything. -2 the waist. -3 the belly. -4 the meridian. -5 the central region, the country lying between the Himālaya and Vindhya mountains; हिमवद्विन्ध्ययोर्मध्यं यत्प्राग्विनशनादपि । प्रत्यगेव प्रयागाच्च मध्यदेशः स कीर्तितः ॥ Ms.2.21. -देहः the trunk of the body, the belly. -निहित a. inserted, fixed into. -पदम् the middle word. ˚लेपिन् see मध्यमपदलोपिन्. -परिमाणम् the middle measure (between an atom and infinitude). -पातः 1 communion, intercourse. -2 (in astr.) the mean occurrence of the aspect. -प्रविष्ट a. one who has stolen into another's confidence; Ks. -भः (in astr.) the meridian ecliptic point. -भागः 1 the middle part. -2 the waist. -भावः 1 middle state, mediocrity. -2 a middling or moderate distance. -मणिः the principle or central gem of a necklace. -यवः a weight of six white mustard-seeds. -योगिन् a. being in the middle of a conjunction, completely obscured. -रात्रः, -रात्रिः f. midnight. -रेखा the central or first meridian; (the line supposed to be drawn through लङ्का, उज्जयिनी, कुरुक्षेत्र and other places to the mount मेरु). -लग्नम् the point of the ecliptic situated on the meridian. -लोकः the middle of the three worlds; i. e. the earth or world of mortals. ˚ईशः, ˚ईश्वरः a king. -वयस् a. middle-aged. -वर्तिन् a. 1 middle, central. -2 being among or in the middle. (-m.) an arbitrator, a mediator. -वृत्तम् the navel. -शरीर a. 1 having a middle-sized body. -2 one of moderately full habit. -सूत्रम् = मध्यरेखा q. v. -स्थ a. 1 being or standing in the middle, central. -2 intermediate, intervening. -3 middling. -4 mediating, acting as umpire between two parties. -5 impartial, neutral; सुहृन्मित्रार्युदासीनमध्यस्थ- द्वेष्यबन्धुषु ... समबुद्धिर्विशिष्यते Bg.6.9. -6 indifferent, unconcerned; अन्या मध्यस्थचिन्ता तु विमर्दाभ्यधिकोदया Rām. 2.2.16; मध्यस्थो देशबन्धुषु Pt.4.6; वयमत्र मध्यस्थाः Ś.5. (-स्थः) 1 an umpire, arbitrator, a mediator. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -स्थता 1 intermediate position. -2 middle state or character. -3 mediocrity. -4 arbitration, mediatorship. -5 impartiality; मध्यस्थतां गृहीत्वा भण M.3 'say impartially'; मध्यस्थतानैकतरोपहासः N. -6 indifference. -स्थलम्, -स्थली 1 the middle or centre. -2 the middle space or region. -3 the waist. -4 the hip; कुचौ मरिचसंनिभौ मुरजमध्यमध्यस्थली Udb. -स्थानम् 1 the middle station. -2 the middle space; i. e. air. -3 a neutral region. -स्थित a. central, intermediate. -ता indifference. -स्वरित a. having the स्वरित accent on the middle syllable.
muṇḍa मुण्ड a. [मुण्ड्-घञ्] 1 Shaved, bald; रावणश्च मया दृष्टो मुण्डस्तैलसमुक्षितः Rām.5.27.19; चरन् भैक्ष्यं मुनिर्मुण्डः Mb.12. 9.12. -2 Lopped, stripped of top leaves. -3 Blunt, pointless. -4 Ved. Hornless. -5 Low, mean. -ण्डः 1 A man with a shaved or bald head; स्वप्ने$वगाहते$त्यर्थं जलं मुण्डांश्च पश्यति Y.1.272. -2 A bald or shaven head. -3 The forehead. -4 A barber. -5 The trunk of a tree stripped of its top-branches; मुण्डतालवनानीव चकार स रथव्रजान् Mb.6.16.14. -6 An epithet of Rāhu. -7 N. of one of the twelve principal Upaniṣads; मुण्डमाण्डूक्य- तित्तिरिः. -m. pl. N. of a people. -ण्डा 1 N. of a plant (मुण्डीरिका). -2 Bengal madder. -3 A female mendicant of a particular order. -ण्डम् 1 The head; अङ्गं गलितं पलितं मुण्डम् Śaṅkarāchārya. -2 Myrrh. -3 Iron. -Comp. -अयसम् iron. -आसनम् a particular posture in sitting. -चणकः a kind of pulse (कलाय). -जम् steel. -फलः a cocoa-nut tree. -मण्डली 1 a number of shaven heads. -2 a number of troops of an inferior kind, a mere crowd or mob; वरमल्पबलं सारं न कुर्यान्मुण्डमण्डलीम् H.3.82. -लोहम् iron. -शालिः a kind of rice.
muṇḍakaḥ मुण्डकः [मुण्ड्-ण्वुल्] 1 A barber. -2 The trunk of a tree stripped of its top-branches, a pollard. -कम् The head. -Comp. -उपनिषद् f. N. of an Upaniṣad of the Atharvaveda.
raśanā रशना रसना [अश्-युच् रशादेशः cf. अश्नुते जघनम् Uṇ. 2.75] 1 A rope, cord. -2 A rein, bridle. -3 A zone, girdle, woman's girdle; तान् वीक्ष्य वातरशनांश्चतुरः कुमारान् Bhāg.3.15.3; रसतु रसनापि तव घनजघनमण्डले घोषयतु मन्मथनिदेशम् Gīt.1; R.7.1;8.58; Me.37. -4 The tongue; वदने विनिवेशिता भुजङ्गी पिशुनानां रसनामिषेण धात्रा Bv.1.111; tongue as an organ of taste; रसनया भाव्यमाना मधुराम्लतिक्तकटुकषायलवणभेदाः षड्रसाः Bhāvanopaniṣad 2. -Comp. -उपमा a variety of the figure उपमा; it is 'a string or series' of comparisons, which consists in making the Upameya in the first comparison the Upamāna in the second, and so forth; see S. D.664. -गुणः the cord of a girdle. -पदम् the hip.
rahasya रहस्य a. [रहसि-भवः यत्] 1 Secret, private, clandestine; रहस्यं च प्रकाशं च यद् वृत्तं तस्य धीमतः (कथय) Rām.1. 2.33; रोमाणि च रहस्यानि सर्वाण्येव विवर्जयेत् Ms.4.144. -2 Mysterious. -स्यम् 1 A secret (fig. also); स्वयं रहस्यभेदः कृतः V.2. -2 A mystic spell or incantation, the mystery (of a missile); सरहस्यानि जृम्भकास्त्राणि U.1. -3 The mystery or secret of conduct, mystery; रहस्यं साधूना- मनुपधि विशुद्धं विजयते U.2.2; सरहस्यो धनुर्वेदः Bhāg.1.7. 44. -4 A secret or esoteric teaching, a mystic doctrine; भक्तो$सि मे सखा चेति रहस्यं ह्येतदुत्तमम् Bg.4.3; साङ्गोपाङ्गोपनिषदः सरहस्यः प्रदीयताम् Rām.1.55.16. -5 An upaniṣad; चतुर्भ्यः सरहस्येभ्यो वेदेभ्यो ह्यधिकं यदा Mb.1.1.272; Ms.2. 165. -स्यम् ind. Secretely, privately; अनभिख्यातदोषस्तु रहस्यं व्रतमाचरेत् Y.3.3 (where it may be taken as an adj. also). -Comp. -आख्यायिन् a. telling a secret; रहस्याख्यायीव स्वनसि मृदु कर्णान्तिकचरः Ś.1.23. -त्रयम् the three categories of Rāmānuja school -ईश्वर, चित् and अचित् composing the universe. -भेदः, विभेदः disclosure of a secret or mystery. -व्रतम् 1 a secret vow or penance. -2 the mystic science of obtaining command over magical weapons.
vedaḥ वेदः [विद्-अच् घञ् वा] 1 Knowledge. -2 Sacred knowledge, holy learning, the scripture of the Hindus. (Originally there were only three Vedas :- ऋग्वेद, यजुर्वेद and सामवेद, which are collectively called त्रयी 'the sacred triad'; but a fourth, the अथर्ववेद, was subsequently added to them. Each of the Vedas had two distinct parts, the Mantra or Samhitā and Brāhmaṇa. According to the strict orthodox faith of the Hindus the Vedas are a-pauruṣeya, 'not human compositions', being supposed to have been directly revealed by the Supreme Being, Brahman, and are called Śruti' i. e. 'what is heard or revealed', as distinguished from 'Smṛiti', i. e. 'what is remembered or is the work of human origin'; see श्रुति, स्मृति also; and the several sages, to whom the hymns of the Vedas are ascribed, are, therefore, called द्रष्टारः 'seers', and not कर्तारः or सृष्टारः 'composers'.) -3 A bundle of Kuśa grass; पद्माक्षमालामुत जन्तुमार्जनं वेदं च साक्षात्तप एव रूपिणौ Bhāg. 12.8.34; Ms.4.36. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -5 A part of a sacrifice (यज्ञांग). -6 Exposition, comment, gloss. -7 A metre. -8 Acquisition, gain, wealth (Ved). -9 N. of the number 'four'. -1 The ritual (वेदयतीति वेदो विधिः); Karma-kāṇda; वेदवादस्य विज्ञानं सत्याभासमिवानृतम् Mb.12.1. 2 (see Nīlakaṇtha's commentary). -11 Smṛiti literature; आम्नायेभ्यः पुनर्वेदाः प्रसृताः सर्वतोमुखाः Mb.12.26.9. -Comp. -अग्रणीः N. of Sarasvatī. -अङ्गम् 'a member of the Veda', N. of certain classes of works regarded as auxiliary to the Vedas and designed to aid in the correct pronunciation and interpretation of the text and the right employment of the Mantras in ceremonials; (the Ved- āṅgas are six in number :-- शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणं निरुक्तं छन्दसां चयः । ज्योतिषामयनं चैव वेदाङ्गानि ष़डेव तु ॥; i. e. 1 शिक्षा 'the science of proper articulation and pronunciation'; 2 छन्दस् 'the science of prosody'; 3 व्याकरण 'grammar'; 4 निरुक्त 'etymological explanation of difficult Vedic words'; 5 ज्योतिष 'astronomy'; and 6 कल्प 'ritual or ceremonical'). A peculiar use of the word 'वेदाङ्ग' in masculine gender may here be noted; वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogiyājña- valkya-Smṛti 12.34. -अधिगमः, -अध्ययनम् holy study, study of the Vedas; काम्यो हि वेदाधिगमः कर्मयोगश्च वैदिकः Ms.2.2. -अधिपः 1 one who presides over the Veda; ऋग्वेदाधिपतर्जीवो यजुर्वेदाधिपो भृगुः । सामवेदाधिपो भौमः शशिजो$- थर्ववेदपः ॥ -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -अध्यापकः a teacher of the Vedas, a holy preceptor. -अनध्ययनम् Remissness in the Vedic study; Ms.3.63. -अन्तः 1 'the end of the Veda', an Upaniṣad (which comes at the end of the Veda). Also -अन्तम् (See quotation from बृहद्योगियाज्ञ- वल्क्यस्मृति under -अङ्ग above). -2 the last of the six principal Darśanas or systems of Hindu philosophy; (so called because it teaches the ultimate aim and scope of the Veda, or because it is based on the Upaniṣads which come at the end of the Veda); (this system of philosophy is sometimes called उत्तरमीमांसा being regarded as a sequel to Jaimini's पूर्वमीमांसा, but it is practically quite a distinct system; see मीमांसा. It represents the popular pantheistic creed of the Hindus, regarding, as it does, the whole world as synthetically derived from one eternal principle, the Brahman or Supreme Spirit; see ब्रह्मन् also). ˚गः, ˚ज्ञः a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अन्तिन् m. a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अभ्यासः 1 the study of the Vedas; वेदाभ्यासो हि विप्रस्य तपः परमिहोच्यते Ms.2.166. -2 the repetition of the sacred syllable Om. -अर्थः the meaning of the Vedas. -अवतारः revelation of the Vedas. -अश्र a. quadrangular. -आदि n., -आदिवर्णः, -आदिवीजम् the sacred syllable. Om. -उक्त a. scriptural, taught in the Vedas. -उदयः N. of the sun (the Sāma Veda being said to have proceeded from him). -उदित a. scriptural, ordained by the Vedas; वेदोदितं स्वकं कर्म नित्यं कुर्यादतन्द्रितः Ms. 4.14. -कार the composer of the Veda. -कौलेयकः an epithet of Śiva. -गर्भः 1 an epithet of Brahman; कमण्डलुं वेदगर्भः कुशान् सप्तर्षयो ददुः Bhāg.8.18.16. -2 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas; तथा दहति वेदज्ञः कर्मजं दोषमात्मनः Ms.12.11. -त्रयम्, -त्रयी the three Vedas collectively. -दर्शिन् a. one who discerns the sense of the Veda; तपोमध्यं बुधैः प्रोक्तं तपो$न्तं वेददर्शिभिः Ms.11.234. -दृष्ट a. sanctioned by the Vedas. -निन्दकः 1 an atheist, a heretic, an unbeliever (one who rejects the divine origin and character of the Vedas). -2 a Jaina or Buddhist. -निन्दा unbelief, heresy; Ms.11.56. -पारगः a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the Vedas. -पुण्यम् a merit acquired by the study of the Veda. वेदपुण्येन युज्यते Ms.2.78. -बाह्य a. contrary to the Veda. (-ह्यः) a sceptic. -मातृ f. 1 N. of a very sacred Vedic verse called Gāyatree q. v. -2 N. of सरस्वती, सावित्री and गायत्री; सूतश्च मातरिश्वा वै कवचं वंदमातरः Mb.5.179.4. -भूतिः (embodiment of the Veda) an honourable title before the names of learned Brāhmaṇas. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम् a Vedic text. -वदनम् grammar. -वादः see वेदः (1); तदुक्तं वेदवादेषु गहनं वेददर्शिभिः Mb.12.238.11 (com.); Vedic discussion; यामिमां पुष्पितां वाचं प्रवदन्त्यविपश्चितः । वेदवादरताः Bg. 2.42. -वासः a Brāhmaṇa. -वाह्य a. contrary to, or not founded on, the Veda. -विद् m. 1 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -वद्वस् a. conversant with the Vedas; ब्राह्मणान् वेदविदुषो यज्ञार्थं चैव दक्षिणाम् Ms. 11.4. -विहित a. enjoined by the Vedas. -व्यासः an epithet of Vyāsa who is regarded as the 'arranger' of the Vedas in their present form; see व्यास. -शास्त्रम् the doctrine of the Vedas; Ms.4.26. -श्रुतिः Vedic revelation. -संन्यासः givig up the ritual of the Vedas. -संमत, -संमित a. sanctioned by the Vedas.
śrutiḥ श्रुतिः f. [श्रु-क्तिन्] 1 Hearing; चन्द्रस्य ग्रहणमिति श्रुतेः Mu.1.7; R.1.27. -2 The ear; श्रुतिसुखभ्रमरस्वनगीतयः R.9.35; Śi.1.1; Ve.3.23. -3 Report, rumour, news, oral intelligence. -4 A sound in general; सा तु वेदश्रुतिं श्रुत्वा दृष्ट्वा वै तमसो निधिम् Rām.7.2.17; स वेत्ति गन्धांश्च रसान् श्रुतीश्च Mb.12.187.19. -5 The Veda (known by revelation, opp. स्मृति; see under वेद); श्रुतिस्तु वेदो विज्ञेयो धर्मशास्रं तु वै स्मृतिः Ms.2.1,14. -6 A Vedic or sacred text; इति श्रुतेः or इति श्रुतिः 'so says a sacred text'. -7 Vedic or sacred knowledge, holy learning; यत्रैषा सात्वती श्रुतिः Bhāg.1.4.7;11.3.46. -8 (In music) A division of the octavo, a quarter tone or interval; रणद्भिरा- घट्टनया नभस्वतः पृथग्विभिन्नश्रुतिमण्डलैः स्वरैः Śi.1.1;11.1; (see Malli. ad loc.). -9 The constellation Śravaṇa. -1 The diagonal of a tetragon, the hypotenuse of a triangle; cf. कर्ण. -11 Direct or expressed signification (opp. लक्षणा); श्रुतिलक्षणाविशये च श्रुतिर्न्याय्या न लक्षणा ŚB. on MS.6.2.2. -12 Speech (वाक्); विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3. -13 Name, fame (कीर्ति); हैरण्यौ भवतो बाहू श्रुतिर्भवति पार्थिवी Mb.3.35.9. -14 A word, saw, saying; Rām.2.72.25. -15 An explanation of ब्रह्म from the उपनिषद्s; विविधाश्चौपनिषदीरात्मसंसिद्धये श्रुतीः Ms.6.29 (com. श्रुतीरुपनिषत्पठितब्रह्मप्रतिपादकवाक्यानि). -16 Advantage, gain (फलश्रुति); उपोष्य संशितो भूत्वा हित्वा वेदकृताः श्रुतीः Mb.12. 265.7. -17 Name, title; बिभ्रत्यनन्यविषयां लोकपाल इति श्रुतिम् Kāv.2.331. -18 Learning. -19 Scholarship. -Comp. -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration; see K. P.9. -अर्थः the sense of a sentence derived on the strength of the श्रुतिप्रमाण as distinguished from लङ्ग, वाक्य and other प्रमाणs; यत्र श्रुत्यर्थो न सम्भवति तत्र वाक्यार्थो गृह्यते ŚB. on MS.6.2.14. -उक्त, -उदित a. enjoined by the Vedas; आचारः परमो धर्मः श्रुत्युक्तः स्मार्त एव च Ms.1.18. -कटः 1 a snake. -2 penance, expiation. -कटु a. harsh to hear. (-टुः) a harsh or unmelodious sound, regarded as a fault of composition. -कथित a. enjoined or prescribed by the Vedas. -चोदनम्, -नः a scriptural injunction, Vedic precept. -जातिविशारद a. familiar with different kinds of quarter tones; वीणावादनतत्त्वज्ञः श्रुतिजातिविशारदः । तालज्ञश्चाप्रयासेन मोक्षमार्गं नियच्छति ॥ Y.3.115. -जीविका a law-book or code of laws. -दूषक a. offending the ear. -द्वैधम् disagreement or contradiction of Vedas or Vedic precepts; श्रुतिद्वैधं तु यत्र स्यात्तत्र धर्माबुभौ स्मृतौ Ms.2.14. -धर a. 1 hearing. -2 having a retentive memory; L. D. B. -निदर्शनम् evidence of the Vedas; कामकार- कृते$प्याहुरेके श्रुतिनिदर्शनात् Ms.11.45. -पथः 1 the range of the ear; तामाश्रित्य श्रुतिपथगतामास्थया लब्धमूलः M.4.1. -2 (pl.) tradition. -प्रसादन a. grateful to the ear. -प्रामाण्यम् authority or sanction of the Vedas. -प्रामाण्यतः ind. on the authority of the Veda; श्रुति- प्रामाण्यतो विद्वान् स्वधर्मे निविशेत वै Ms.2.8. -मण्डलम् 1 the outer ear. -2 the whole circle of the quarter-tones; Śi.1.1. -महत् a. rich in scriptural lore; सरस्वती श्रुतिमहतां महीयताम् Ś.7.35 (v. l. श्रुतमहताम्). -मूलम् 1 the root of the ear; लपितुं किमपि श्रुतिमूले Gīt.1. -2 a Vedic text. -मूलक a. founded on the Veda. -वचनम् a Vedic precept. -वर्जित a. 1 deaf. -2 not knowing the Vedas. -विप्रतिपन्न a. 1 not recognizing the authority of the scriptures, disregarding the Vedas. -2 contrary to the Vedas. -विवरम् the auditory passage. -विशेष- णार्थम् ind. for specialization in the Vedas; Svapna.1. -विषयः 1 the object of the sense of hearing i. e. sound; श्रुतिविषयगुणा या स्थिता व्याप्य विश्वम् Ś.1.1. -2 the reach or range of the ear; एतत् प्रायेण श्रुतिविषयमापतितमेव K. -3 the subject matter of the Veda. -4 any sacred ordinance. -वेधः boring the ear. -शिखरम्, -शिरस् 1 Upaniṣad or Vedānta; नमः सर्वेष्टाय श्रुतिशिखरदृष्टाय च नमः Viṣṇu-mahimna 3. -2 a leading text of the Veda. -सुख, -मनोहर a. agreeable to the ear, melodious; श्रुतिसुखमुपवीणितं सहायैः Ki.1.38. -स्फोटा Gynandropsis Pentaphylla (Mar. तिळवण). -स्मृति f. (dual) revelation and legal institutes, Veda and law; श्रुतिस्मृति- पुराणोक्तफलप्राप्त्यर्थम् Pūjā-mantra. -हारिन् a. captivating the ear.
sarahasya सरहस्य a. 1 Mystical, magical. -2 Having or attended with mystical teaching or doctrine; तयोः किल सरहस्यानि जृम्भकास्त्राण्याजन्मसिद्धानि U.2. -3 With Upaniṣads; सकल्पं सरहस्यं च तमाचार्यं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.14,165.
himavat हिमवत् a. Snowy, icy, frosty. -m. The Himālaya mountain; राज्ञा हिमवतः सारो राज्ञः सारो हिमाद्रिणा R.4.79; V.5.22. -Comp. -कुक्षिः a valley of the Himālaya. -पुरम् N. of Oṣadhiprastha, the capital of Himālaya; तत्प्रयातौषधिप्रस्थं सिद्धये हिमवत्पुरम् Ku.6.33. -सुतः the Maināka mountain. -सुता 1 Pārvatī. -2 the Ganges.
     Macdonell Vedic Search  
2 results
     
triṣadhastha tri-ṣadhasthá, a. (Bv.) occupying three seats, iv. 50, 1; n. threefold abode, v. 11, 2 [sadhá-stha, n.gathering-place]. [235]
pṛṣadājya pṛṣad-ājyá, n. clotted butter, x. 90, 8.
     Dictionary of Sanskrit
     Grammar
     KV Abhyankar
"ṣad" has 7 results.
     
akṣadyūtādigaṇaa class of words headed by अक्षद्यूत which take the taddhita affix. affix hak ( इक) in the sense of 'resulting from' e. g. अाक्षद्यूतिकं वैरम्, जानुप्रहृतिक्रम्, गातागार्तकम् et cetera, and others confer, compare P IV.4.19.
īṣadasamāptistage of the quality of a thing or of an undertaking which is almost complete,to show which,the tad-affixes कल्प, देश्य and देशीय are applied to a word:exempli gratia, for example पटुकल्पः,पटुदेश्यः; पटुदेशीयः, पचतिकल्पम्, जल्पतिकल्पम्, confer, compare P, V.3.67.
goṣadādia class of words to which the taddhita affix अक ( वुन् ) is added in the sense of possession provided the word so formed refers to a chapter ( अध्याय ) or a section ( अनुवाक ) c. दैवासुरः, वैमुक्तः et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 2.62.
pāriṣadaliterally belonging to the assembly; the term पारिषद refers to the results of the discussions held at the assemblies of specially prominent scholars or learned persons ; confer, compare सर्ववेदपारिषदं हीदं शास्त्रं (ब्याकरणम्) तत्र नैकः पन्था: शक्य आस्थातुम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 1. 58; VI. 3.14.
pārṣada parṣadi bhavaṃ pārṣadamliterally the interpretation or theory discussed and settled at the assembly of the learnedition The word is used in the sense of works on Nirukti or derivation of words as also works of the type of the Prātiśākhyās; confer, compare पदप्रकृतीनि सर्वचरणानां पार्षदानि Nirukta of Yāska.I. 17 and the commentary of, दुर्गाचार्यः confer, compare also पार्षदकृतिरेषा तत्रभवतां नैव लोके नान्यस्मिन्वेदे अर्ध एकारः अर्ध ओकारो वास्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1. 48: see also pp. 104, 105 Vol. VII Mahābhāsya D. E. Society's edition. See पारिषद.
pārṣada​vyākhyāname given to the commentary written by विष्णुमित्र on the Ŗk Prātiśākhya.
pārṣadasūtravṛtiname given to the works of the type of commentaries written by उव्व​ट on the old Prātiśākhya books.
Ayurvedic Medical
Dictionary
     Dr. Potturu with thanks
     
     Purchase Kindle edition

abhakta

empty stomach, abhaktaauṣadha medication intake on empty stomach.

bhūdharapuṭa,bhūdarayantra

a crucible filled with mercury is sealed and kept in a pit and covered with cow-dung discs and heated for specific time to make a rasauṣadha.

kośa

sheaths inside the body, namely the sheath of knowledge (jnānamaya), the sheath of bliss (ānadamaya), the sheath of vitality (prāṇamaya), the sheath of mind (manomaya) and the sheath of food (annamaya) explained in the Taittareya upaniṣad.

vālukā

sand, vālukāpuṭa, heating device using sand; vālukāyantra sandy apparatus to prepare rasauṣadhās.

     Wordnet Search "ṣad" has 283 results.
     

ṣad

viṣadantaḥ   

viṣayuktaḥ dantaḥ।

sarpasya mukhe viṣadantāḥ santi।

ṣad

īṣadghana   

yaḥ ghanadravayoḥ madhye vartate।

mātā adya īṣadghanaṃ śākaṃ nirmitavatī।

ṣad

viṣadharaḥ, viṣamayaḥ, viṣadaḥ, garalī, viṣāluḥ, viṣabhṛt, viṣavat, viṣajuṣṭaḥ   

viṣagranthiyuktaḥ sarpaḥ।

nāgaḥ iti ekaḥ viṣadharaḥ sarpaḥ।

ṣad

prekṣakaḥ, prekṣaṇikaḥ, prekṣī, prekṣilokaḥ, draṣṭā, darśī, prekṣamāṇaḥ, pāriṣadaḥ, pāriṣadyaḥ, pariṣadyaḥ, pārṣadaḥ   

yaḥ raṅgaṃ paśyati।

nāṭyagṛhe bahavaḥ prekṣakāḥ āsan।

ṣad

tulāpuruṣadānam   

ṣoḍaśamahādānāntargataṃ dānaṃ yasmin manuṣyasya tulāyāḥ yāvat kaścit padārthaḥ dānarūpeṇa dīyate।

śreṣṭhinā māṇikacandreṇa sūryagrahaṇasya samaye paṇḍitebhyaḥ taṇḍulasya tulāpuruṣadānaṃ dattam।

ṣad

oṣadhiḥ, oṣadhī, udbhidaḥ, udbhijam, udbhidam, pallavaḥ, pallavam, aṅkuraḥ, praroha, rohaḥ, śākaḥ   

saḥ gatihīnaḥ sajīvaḥ yaḥ svasya poṣaṇaṃ sūryaprakāśena tathā ca bhūmyāntargatarasena karoti।

vane vividhāḥ oṣadhayaḥ santi।

ṣad

dharmādhyakṣaḥ, dharmādhikārī, nyāyādhīśaḥ, nyāyādhipatiḥ, vicārakartā, vicārakaḥ, daṇḍanāyakaḥ, vyavahartā, akṣadarśakaḥ, ākṣapācikaḥ, stheyaḥ, ādhikaraṇikaḥ, nirṇetā, nirṇayakāraḥ   

dharmādhikaraṇam āśrayavicāryasthānatvenāstyasyeti।

yaḥ sarvaśāstraviśāradaḥ tathā ca samaḥ śatrau mitre ca saḥ kuśalaḥ dharmādhyakṣaḥ bhavati।

ṣad

māsaḥ, māḥ, pakṣadvayam, pakṣayugam, nākṣatram, yauvyaḥ, varṣāṃśaḥ, varṣāṅgaḥ   

varṣasya dvādaśatamāṃśāvadhikaḥ kālaḥ yasya kimapi niścitaṃ nāma asti।

asmin māsasya prathame dine karmacārī-divasaḥ asti।

ṣad

sadasyaḥ, sabhāsad, sabhyaḥ, sabhāsthaḥ, sabhāstāraḥ, sabhābhyantaraḥ, sāmājikaḥ, pariṣadvalaḥ, parṣadvalaḥ, pariṣadaḥ, pārṣadaḥ, parisabhyaḥ   

sabhāyāṃ sādhuḥ।

saḥ naikāsāṃ saṃsthānāṃ sadasyaḥ asti।

ṣad

oṣadhiḥ, oṣadhī, śākaḥ, tṛṇam, haritakam, arbhaḥ, kandaḥ   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ daṇḍahīnaḥ kṣupaḥ।

kustumbarādayāḥ śākāḥ।

ṣad

samarthaka, anumodaka, pakṣadhara   

yaḥ kasyāpi pakṣasya samarthanam karoti।

asmin vāde mama pakṣasya naike samarthakāḥ asti।

ṣad

jalam, vāri, ambu, ambhaḥ, payaḥ, salilam, sarilam, udakam, udam, jaḍam, payas, toyam, pānīyam, āpaḥ, nīram, vāḥ, pāthas, kīlālam, annam, apaḥ, puṣkaram, arṇaḥ, peyam, salam, saṃvaram, śaṃvaram, saṃmbam, saṃvatsaram, saṃvavaraḥ, kṣīram, pāyam, kṣaram, kamalam, komalam, pīvā, amṛtam, jīvanam, jīvanīyam, bhuvanam, vanam, kabandham, kapandham, nāram, abhrapuṣpam, ghṛtam, kaṃ, pīppalam, kuśam, viṣam, kāṇḍam, savaram, saram, kṛpīṭam, candrorasam, sadanam, karvuram, vyoma, sambaḥ, saraḥ, irā, vājam, tāmarasa, kambalam, syandanam, sambalam, jalapītham, ṛtam, ūrjam, komalam, somam, andham, sarvatomukham, meghapuṣpam, ghanarasaḥ, vahnimārakaḥ, dahanārātiḥ, nīcagam, kulīnasam, kṛtsnam, kṛpīṭam, pāvanam, śaralakam, tṛṣāham, kṣodaḥ, kṣadmaḥ, nabhaḥ, madhuḥ, purīṣam, akṣaram, akṣitam, amba, aravindāni, sarṇīkam, sarpiḥ, ahiḥ, sahaḥ, sukṣema, sukham, surā, āyudhāni, āvayāḥ, induḥ, īm, ṛtasyayoniḥ, ojaḥ, kaśaḥ, komalam, komalam, kṣatram, kṣapaḥ, gabhīram, gambhanam, gahanam, janma, jalāṣam, jāmi, tugryā, tūyam, tṛptiḥ, tejaḥ, sadma, srotaḥ, svaḥ, svadhā, svargāḥ, svṛtikam, haviḥ, hema, dharuṇam, dhvasmanvatu, nāma, pavitram, pāthaḥ, akṣaram, pūrṇam, satīnam, sat, satyam, śavaḥ, śukram, śubham, śambaram, vūsam, vṛvūkam, vyomaḥ, bhaviṣyat, vapuḥ, varvuram, varhiḥ, bhūtam, bheṣajam, mahaḥ, mahat, mahaḥ, mahat, yaśaḥ, yahaḥ, yāduḥ, yoniḥ, rayiḥ, rasaḥ, rahasaḥ, retam   

sindhuhimavarṣādiṣu prāptaḥ dravarupo padārthaḥ yaḥ pāna-khāna-secanādyartham upayujyate।

jalaṃ jīvanasya ādhāram। /ajīrṇe jalam auṣadhaṃ jīrṇe balapradam। āhārakāle āyurjanakaṃ bhuktānnopari rātrau na peyam।

ṣad

rātriḥ, niśā, rajanī, kṣaṇadā, kṣapā, śarvarī, niś, nid, triyāmā, yāninī, yāmavatī, naktam, niśīthinī, tamasvinī, vibhāvarī, tamī, tamā, tamiḥ, jyotaṣmatī, nirātapā, niśīthyā, niśīthaḥ, śamanī, vāsurā, vāśurā, śyāmā, śatākṣī, śatvarī, śaryā, yāmiḥ, yāmī, yāmikā, yāmīrā, yāmyā, doṣā, ghorā, vāsateyī, tuṅgī, kalāpinī, vāyuroṣā, niṣadvarī, śayyā, śārvarī, cakrabhedinī, vasatiḥ, kālī, tārakiṇī, bhūṣā, tārā, niṭ   

dīpāvacchinna-sūryakiraṇānavacchinnakālaḥ।

yadā dikṣu ca aṣṭāsu meror bhūgolakodbhavā। chāyā bhavet tadā rātriḥ syācca tadvirahād dinam।

ṣad

śivaḥ, śambhuḥ, īśaḥ, paśupatiḥ, pinākapāṇiḥ, śūlī, maheśvaraḥ, īśvaraḥ, sarvaḥ, īśānaḥ, śaṅkaraḥ, candraśekharaḥ, phaṇadharadharaḥ, kailāsaniketanaḥ, himādritanayāpatiḥ, bhūteśaḥ, khaṇḍaparaśuḥ, girīśaḥ, giriśaḥ, mṛḍaḥ, mṛtyañjayaḥ, kṛttivāsāḥ, pinākī, prathamādhipaḥ, ugraḥ, kapardī, śrīkaṇṭhaḥ, śitikaṇṭhaḥ, kapālabhṛt, vāmadevaḥ, mahādevaḥ, virūpākṣaḥ, trilocanaḥ, kṛśānuretāḥ, sarvajñaḥ, dhūrjaṭiḥ, nīlalohitaḥ, haraḥ, smaraharaḥ, bhargaḥ, tryambakaḥ, tripurāntakaḥ, gaṅgādharaḥ, andhakaripuḥ, kratudhvaṃsī, vṛṣadhvajaḥ, vyomakeśaḥ, bhavaḥ, bhaumaḥ, sthāṇuḥ, rudraḥ, umāpatiḥ, vṛṣaparvā, rerihāṇaḥ, bhagālī, pāśucandanaḥ, digambaraḥ, aṭṭahāsaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, purahiṭ, vṛṣākapiḥ, mahākālaḥ, varākaḥ, nandivardhanaḥ, hīraḥ, vīraḥ, kharuḥ, bhūriḥ, kaṭaprūḥ, bhairavaḥ, dhruvaḥ, śivipiṣṭaḥ, guḍākeśaḥ, devadevaḥ, mahānaṭaḥ, tīvraḥ, khaṇḍaparśuḥ, pañcānanaḥ, kaṇṭhekālaḥ, bharuḥ, bhīruḥ, bhīṣaṇaḥ, kaṅkālamālī, jaṭādharaḥ, vyomadevaḥ, siddhadevaḥ, dharaṇīśvaraḥ, viśveśaḥ, jayantaḥ, hararūpaḥ, sandhyānāṭī, suprasādaḥ, candrāpīḍaḥ, śūladharaḥ, vṛṣāṅgaḥ, vṛṣabhadhvajaḥ, bhūtanāthaḥ, śipiviṣṭaḥ, vareśvaraḥ, viśveśvaraḥ, viśvanāthaḥ, kāśīnāthaḥ, kuleśvaraḥ, asthimālī, viśālākṣaḥ, hiṇḍī, priyatamaḥ, viṣamākṣaḥ, bhadraḥ, ūrddharetā, yamāntakaḥ, nandīśvaraḥ, aṣṭamūrtiḥ, arghīśaḥ, khecaraḥ, bhṛṅgīśaḥ, ardhanārīśaḥ, rasanāyakaḥ, uḥ, hariḥ, abhīruḥ, amṛtaḥ, aśaniḥ, ānandabhairavaḥ, kaliḥ, pṛṣadaśvaḥ, kālaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, kuśalaḥ, kolaḥ, kauśikaḥ, kṣāntaḥ, gaṇeśaḥ, gopālaḥ, ghoṣaḥ, caṇḍaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, jaṭādharaḥ, jaṭilaḥ, jayantaḥ, raktaḥ, vāraḥ, vilohitaḥ, sudarśanaḥ, vṛṣāṇakaḥ, śarvaḥ, satīrthaḥ, subrahmaṇyaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ- hindūdharmānusāraṃ sṛṣṭeḥ vināśikā devatā।

śivasya arcanā liṅgarūpeṇa pracalitā asti।

ṣad

sarpaḥ, bhujagaḥ, bhujaṅgaḥ, ahiḥ, bhujaṅgam, uragaḥ, pṛdākuḥ, āśīviṣaḥ, viṣadharaḥ, cakrī, vyālaḥ, sarīsṛpaḥ, kuṇḍalī, gūḍhapāt, cakṣuḥśravā, kākodaraḥ, phaṇī, darvīkaraḥ, dīrghapṛṣṭhaḥ, dandaśūkaḥ, vileśayaḥ, uragaḥ, pannagaḥ, bhogau, jihnagaḥ, pavanāśanaḥ, vilaśayaḥ, kumbhīnasaḥ, dvirasanaḥ, bhekabhuk, śvasanotsukaḥ, phaṇādharaḥ, phaṇadharaḥ, phaṇāvān, phaṇavān, phaṇākaraḥ, phaṇakaraḥ, samakolaḥ, vyāḍaḥ, daṃṣṭrī, viṣāsyaḥ, gokarṇaḥ, uraṅgamaḥ, gūḍhapādaḥ, vilavāsī, darvibhṛt, hariḥ, pracālakī, dvijihvaḥ, jalaruṇḍaḥ, kañcukī, cikuraḥ, bhujaḥ   

jantuviśeṣaḥ, saḥ agātrāyatasaśalkajantuḥ yaḥ urasā gacchati।

sarpāḥ śūnyāgāre vasanti।

ṣad

viṣṇuḥ, nārāyaṇaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, vaikuṇṭhaḥ, viṣṭaraśravāḥ, dāmodaraḥ, hṛṣīkeśaḥ, keśavaḥ, mādhavaḥ, svabhūḥ, daityāriḥ, puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ, govindaḥ, garuḍadhvajaḥ, pītāmbaraḥ, acyutaḥ, śārṅgī, viṣvaksenaḥ, janārdanaḥ, upendraḥ, indrāvarajaḥ, cakrapāṇiḥ, caturbhujaḥ, padmanābhaḥ, madhuripuḥ, vāsudevaḥ, trivikramaḥ, daivakīnandanaḥ, śauriḥ, śrīpatiḥ, puruṣottamaḥ, vanamālī, balidhvaṃsī, kaṃsārātiḥ, adhokṣajaḥ, viśvambharaḥ, kaiṭabhajit, vidhuḥ, śrīvatsalāñachanaḥ, purāṇapuruṣaḥ, vṛṣṇiḥ, śatadhāmā, gadāgrajaḥ, ekaśṛṅgaḥ, jagannāthaḥ, viśvarūpaḥ, sanātanaḥ, mukundaḥ, rāhubhedī, vāmanaḥ, śivakīrtanaḥ, śrīnivāsaḥ, ajaḥ, vāsuḥ, śrīhariḥ, kaṃsāriḥ, nṛhariḥ, vibhuḥ, madhujit, madhusūdanaḥ, kāntaḥ, puruṣaḥ, śrīgarbhaḥ, śrīkaraḥ, śrīmān, śrīdharaḥ, śrīniketanaḥ, śrīkāntaḥ, śrīśaḥ, prabhuḥ, jagadīśaḥ, gadādharaḥ, ajitaḥ, jitāmitraḥ, ṛtadhāmā, śaśabinduḥ, punarvasuḥ, ādidevaḥ, śrīvarāhaḥ, sahasravadanaḥ, tripāt, ūrdhvadevaḥ, gṛdhnuḥ, hariḥ, yādavaḥ, cāṇūrasūdanaḥ, sadāyogī, dhruvaḥ, hemaśaṅkhaḥ, śatāvarttī, kālanemiripuḥ, somasindhuḥ, viriñciḥ, dharaṇīdharaḥ, bahumūrddhā, vardhamānaḥ, śatānandaḥ, vṛṣāntakaḥ, rantidevaḥ, vṛṣākapiḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, dāśārhaḥ, abdhiśayanaḥ, indrānujaḥ, jalaśayaḥ, yajñapuruṣaḥ, tārkṣadhvajaḥ, ṣaḍbinduḥ, padmeśaḥ, mārjaḥ, jinaḥ, kumodakaḥ, jahnuḥ, vasuḥ, śatāvartaḥ, muñjakeśī, babhruḥ, vedhāḥ, prasniśṛṅgaḥ, ātmabhūḥ, suvarṇabinduḥ, śrīvatsaḥ, gadābhṛt, śārṅgabhṛt, cakrabhṛt, śrīvatsabhṛt, śaṅkhabhṛt, jalaśāyī, muramardanaḥ, lakṣmīpatiḥ, murāriḥ, amṛtaḥ, ariṣṭanemaḥ, kapiḥ, keśaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, janārdanaḥ, jinaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, vikramaḥ, śarvaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ hindudharmānusāraṃ jagataḥ pālanakartā।

ekādaśastathā tvaṣṭā dvādaśo viṣṇurucyate jaghanyajastu sarveṣāmādityānāṃ guṇādhikaḥ।

ṣad

candraḥ, kalānāthaḥ, kalādharaḥ, himāṃśuḥ, candramāḥ, kumudabāndhavaḥ, vidhuḥ, sudhāṃśuḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, oṣadhīśaḥ, niśāpatiḥ, abjaḥ, jaivātṛkaḥ, glauḥ, mṛgāṅkaḥ, dvijarājaḥ, śaśadharaḥ, nakṣatreśaḥ, kṣapākaraḥ, doṣākaraḥ, niśīthinīnāthaḥ, śarvarīśaḥ, eṇāṅkaḥ, śītaraśmiḥ, samudranavanītaḥ, sārasaḥ, śvetavāhanaḥ, nakṣatranāmiḥ, uḍupaḥ, sudhāsūtiḥ, tithipraṇīḥ, amatiḥ, candiraḥ, citrāṭīraḥ, pakṣadharaḥ, rohiṇīśaḥ, atrinetrajaḥ, pakṣajaḥ, sindhujanmā, daśāśvaḥ, māḥ, tārāpīḍaḥ, niśāmaṇiḥ, mṛgalāñchanaḥ, darśavipat, chāyāmṛgadharaḥ, grahanemiḥ, dākṣāyaṇīpati, lakṣmīsahajaḥ, sudhākaraḥ, sudhādhāraḥ, śītabhānuḥ, tamoharaḥ, tuśārakiraṇaḥ, pariḥ, himadyutiḥ, dvijapatiḥ, viśvapsā, amṛtadīdhitiḥ, hariṇāṅkaḥ, rohiṇīpatiḥ, sindhunandanaḥ, tamonut, eṇatilakaḥ, kumudeśaḥ, kṣīrodanandanaḥ, kāntaḥ, kalāvān, yāminījatiḥ, sijraḥ, mṛgapipluḥ, sudhānidhiḥ, tuṅgī, pakṣajanmā, abdhīnavanītakaḥ, pīyūṣamahāḥ, śītamarīciḥ, śītalaḥ, trinetracūḍāmaṇiḥ, atrinetrabhūḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, parijñāḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, valakṣaguḥ, tuṅgīpatiḥ, yajvanāmpatiḥ, parvvadhiḥ, kleduḥ, jayantaḥ, tapasaḥ, khacamasaḥ, vikasaḥ, daśavājī, śvetavājī, amṛtasūḥ, kaumudīpatiḥ, kumudinīpatiḥ, bhūpatiḥ, dakṣajāpatiḥ, oṣadhīpatiḥ, kalābhṛt, śaśabhṛt, eṇabhṛt, chāyābhṛt, atridṛgjaḥ, niśāratnam, niśākaraḥ, amṛtaḥ, śvetadyutiḥ, hariḥ   

khagolīyapiṇḍaḥ yaḥ pṛthvīṃ paribhramati।

adhunā mānavaḥ candrasya pṛṣṭhabhāgaṃ gatvā saṃśodhanaṃ karoti।

ṣad

peṣaṇam, peṣaṇī, peṣaṇi, paṭṭaḥ, gṛhāśmā, gṛhakacchapaḥ, dṛṣad   

piṣyate asyāṃ śīlāyām iti।

gītā peṣaṇe dhānyaṃ peśayati।

ṣad

nāgaramustā, nāgarotthā, nāgarādighanasaṃjñakā, cakrāṅkā, nādeyī, cūḍālā, piṇḍamustā, śiśirā, vṛṣadhmāṅkṣī, kaccharuhā, cārukesarā, uccaṭā, pūrṇakoṣchasaṃjñā, kalāpinī, jaṭā   

tṛṇaviśeṣaḥ yasya mūlāni kaphapittajvarātisārārucyādiṣu bheṣajarupeṇa yujyate।

vaidyena bheṣajārthe samūlaṃ nāgaramustā ānītā।

ṣad

asādhyaḥ, nirauṣadhaḥ, durdharaḥ, asādhaḥ, avāraṇīyaḥ, nirupakramaḥ, durācaraḥ, kṣetriyaḥ, kriyāpathamatikrāntaḥ, vivarjanīyaḥ   

cikitsātikrāntaḥ।

raktakṣayaḥ asādhyaḥ rogaḥ asti।

ṣad

kṣupaḥ, udbhid, oṣadhiḥ, oṣadhī, auṣadhī, auṣadhiḥ, udbhijam, udbhidam, pallavaḥ, pallavam, aṅkuraḥ, prarohaḥ, rohaḥ, śākaḥ   

kṣudravṛkṣaḥ।

śyāmasya udyāne naike kṣupāḥ santi।

ṣad

vāyuḥ, vātaḥ, anilaḥ, pavanaḥ, pavamānaḥ, prabhañjanaḥ, śvasanaḥ, sparśanaḥ, mātariśvā, sadāgatiḥ, pṛṣadaśvaḥ, gandhavahaḥ, gandhavāhaḥ, āśugaḥ, samīraḥ, mārutaḥ, marut, jagatprāṇaḥ, samīraṇaḥ, nabhasvān, ajagatprāṇaḥ, khaśvāsaḥ, vābaḥ, dhūlidhvajaḥ, phaṇipriyaḥ, vātiḥ, nabhaḥprāṇaḥ, bhogikāntaḥ, svakampanaḥ, akṣatiḥ, kampalakṣmā, śasīniḥ, āvakaḥ, hariḥ, vāsaḥ, sukhāśaḥ, mṛgavābanaḥ, sāraḥ, cañcalaḥ, vihagaḥ, prakampanaḥ, nabhaḥ, svaraḥ, niśvāsakaḥ, stanūnaḥ, pṛṣatāmpatiḥ, śīghraḥ   

viśvagamanavān viśvavyāpī tathā ca yasmin jīvāḥ śvasanti।

vāyuṃ vinā jīvanasya kalpanāpi aśakyā।

ṣad

śiṣyaḥ, chātraḥ, antevāsī, antesat, anteṣadaḥ   

yaṃ śikṣayati।

śiṣyasya guroḥ saha sudṛḍhāḥ sambandhāḥ āvaśyakāḥ।

ṣad

agadaḥ, bheṣajam, bhiṣaj, āsrāvabheṣajam, upakrama, auṣadhaḥ, auṣadhī, auṣadhi, oṣadhi, jāyuḥ, bhaiṣajyam, āyuryogaḥ, gadārātiḥ, amṛtam, āyurdravyam   

roganāśakadravyam।

yogādapi viṣaṃ tīkṣṇamuttamaṃ bheṣajaṃ bhavet bheṣajaṃ vāpi duryuktaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ sampadyate viṣam।

ṣad

pratyakṣadarśin   

yena svayaṃ dṛṣṭam।

nyāyālaye pratyakṣadarśinaṃ naikān praśnān pṛṣṭavān।

ṣad

śuṇṭhiḥ, śuṇṭhī, śaṇṭhyam, śuṣkārdram, viśvabheṣajam, viśvam, viśvā, mahauṣadham, nāgaram   

śuṣkam ārdrakam।

śuṇṭhiḥ śarīrāya upayuktā।

ṣad

yamaḥ, yamarāṭ, kṛtāntaḥ, kālaḥ, antakaḥ, vaivasvataḥ, mahiṣadhvajaḥ, mahiṣavāhanaḥ, dharmaḥ, dharmarājaḥ, pitṛpati, daṇḍadharaḥ, śrāddhadevaḥ, śamanaḥ, auḍambaraḥ, yamunābhrātā, dakṣiṇadikpālaḥ, dadhnaḥ, bhīmaśāsanaḥ, śīrṇapādaḥ, prāṇaharaḥ, hariḥ   

mṛtyoḥ devatā, dakṣiṇadikpālaḥ yaḥ jīvānām phalāphalam niyamayati।

dattābhaye tvayiyamādapi daṇḍadhāre।

ṣad

kavoṣṇa, īṣaduṣṇa, mandoṣṇa   

yaḥ kiñcid uṣṇamasti।

kavoṣṇena udakena kavalaṃ kriyate cet kaṇṭhasya kaṇḍūḥ kṣāmyate।

ṣad

auṣadhīya, bheṣajīya   

bheṣajasambandhī।

asmin paudhaśālāyām auṣadhīyānāṃ kṣupāṇām ādhikyam asti।

ṣad

samūhaḥ, pariṣad, saṅghaḥ, nikāyaḥ, gaṇaḥ, anīkaḥ, vargaḥ, ṣaṇḍaḥ, sārthaḥ, maṇḍalam, vṛndam   

kasyāpi viśeṣasya kāryādeḥ pūrtyarthe sammilitāḥ janāḥ।

asmākaṃ nagare citrakūṭastha rāmalīlāyāḥ samūhaḥ āgataḥ।

ṣad

vatsanābhaḥ, amṛtam, viṣam, ugram, mahauṣadham, garalam, māraṇam, nāgaḥ, staukṛṃkam, prāṇahārakam, sthāvarādi   

viṣavṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

vatsanābhaḥ madhuraḥ asti।

ṣad

viṣamaya, viṣadhara   

viṣeṇa yuktaḥ।

viṣamayaṃ bhojanaṃ khāditvā catvāraḥ janāḥ mṛtāḥ।

ṣad

sabhā, goṣṭhī, pariṣad, saṃnayaḥ   

ekasthāne samāgatāḥ bahavaḥ janāḥ।

nirvācanasamaye sthāne sthāne sabhāḥ dṛśyante।

ṣad

sabhā, ghaṭā, pariṣad, parṣad   

kasyacit viśeṣasya kāryasya kṛte janānāṃ sammelanam।

ahaṃ sajjanānāṃ sabhāyāṃ bhāgaṃ grahītuṃ gacchāmi।

ṣad

cūrṇa, piṣa, mṛd, kṣad, khaṇḍ, guṇḍ, kuṭṭa   

jalena saha cūrṇīkaroti।

pūjārthe candanam cūrṇayati।

ṣad

stheyapariṣat, stheyapariṣad   

stheyānāṃ pariṣad yasyāṃ laghavaḥ vivādāḥ nirṇīyante।

stheyaiḥ nirṇayaṃ vinaiva stheyapariṣat samāpyata।

ṣad

īṣad   

alpe parimāṇe।

bhavataḥ kāryam īṣad avaśiṣṭam।

ṣad

stheyapariṣat, stheyapariṣad   

vivādān nirṇetuṃ vṛtānāṃ puruṣāṇāṃ dalam।

stheyapariṣadaḥ nirṇayasya avamānanasya kāraṇāt grāmīṇāḥ śyāmaṃ sāhāyyaṃ na kṛtavantaḥ।

ṣad

stheyapariṣadbhavanam   

tat sthānaṃ yatra stheyāḥ nirṇayaṃ dadati।

stheyapariṣadbhavane stheyāḥ grāmiṇāḥ ca āsan।

ṣad

vidhānapariṣad   

sā pariṣad yā deśārthe nūtanāni vidhānāni karoti tathā ca vartamānavidhānānāṃ saṃśodhanaṃ ca karoti।

rāmasya pitā vidhānapariṣadaḥ sadasyaḥ asti।

ṣad

viṣadhara   

viṣayuktaḥ।

yasminkāle viṣadharaḥ sarpaḥ daṣṭaḥ tatkāle eva kṛṣakaḥ mṛtaḥ।

ṣad

brāhmī, somalatā, sarasvatī, saumyā, suraśreṣṭhā, śāradā, suvarcalā, kapotavagā, vaidhātrī, divyatejāḥ, mahauṣadhī, svayaṃbhuvī, saumyalatā, sureṣṭā, brahmakanyakā, maṇaḍūkamātā, maṇḍukī, surasā, medhyā, vīrā, bhāratī, varā, parameṣṭhinī, divyā, śāradā   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ-yaḥ bheṣajarupeṇa upayujyate yasya guṇāḥ vātāmlapittanāśitvaṃ tathā ca buddhiprajñāmedhākārītvam।

brāhmī prāyaḥ gaṅgātaṭe haridvāranagarasya samīpe dṛśyate।

ṣad

mārjāraḥ, biḍālaḥ, otuḥ, kundamaḥ, mūṣakārātiḥ, ākhubhuk, vṛṣadaṃśakaḥ, payaspaḥ, vyāghrāsyaḥ, dīptākṣaḥ   

vyāghrajātīyaḥ grāmyapaśuḥ yaḥ vyāghrāt laghuḥ asti।

mārjāraḥ mūṣakaṃ harati।

ṣad

bheṣajamātrā, auṣadhamātrā   

yad bheṣajam ekavāre rogiṇe deyam।

bheṣajamātrayā eva roganivṛttirajāyata।

ṣad

animeṣadṛṣṭyā   

sthirayā dṛṣṭyā।

śiśuḥ pitaram animeṣadṛṣṭyā paśyati।

ṣad

laśunam, rasunaḥ, mahauṣadham, gṛñjanaḥ, ariṣṭaḥ, mahākandaḥ, rasonakaḥ, rasonaḥ, mlecchakandaḥ, bhūtaghnaḥ, ugragandhaḥ   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ yad vyañjanarūpeṇa upayujyate asya guṇāḥ ūnatvam, gurutvam, uṣṇatvam, kaphavātanāśitvam, aśrucitvam, krimihṛdrogaśohaghnatvam rasāyanatvañca ।

tiktikāṃ nirmātuṃ saḥ kṣetrāt haritaṃ laśunaṃ aunmūlayat।

ṣad

laśunam, raśunam, laśūnam, lasunam, rasunam, rasonaḥ, rasonakaḥ, gṛñjanaḥ, mahauṣadham, mahākandaḥ, ariṣṭaḥ, sonahaḥ, ugragandhaḥ, dīrghapatraḥ, granthamūlam, śrīmastakaḥ, mukhadūṣaṇaḥ, rāhūcchiṣṭam, taritā   

kandaviśeṣaḥ- yaḥ upaskare upayujyate।

sītā sāgārthe maricalaśunādīnāṃ khaṇḍanaṃ karoti।

ṣad

dyūtakaraḥ, dyūtakāraḥ, kitavaḥ, akṣadhūrtaḥ, akṣadevī, akṣadyūḥ, akṣadhūrtaḥ, dhustūraḥ, kairavaḥ, dyūtakṛt, akṣakitavaḥ, kaṭaprūḥ, devasabhyaḥ, devitā, harikaḥ, hārakaḥ, kṛṣṇakohalaḥ   

yaḥ akṣaiḥ akṣān vā dīvyati।

dyūtakaraḥ dyūte vigatavibhavaḥ jātaḥ।

ṣad

pratyakṣadarśī, aparokṣadarśī   

yena ghaṭanā svacakṣuṣā dṛṣṭā।

ārakṣikāḥ hatyāviṣaye pratyakṣadarśinaḥ pṛcchāti।

ṣad

dhūpaḥ, turuṣkaḥ, piṇḍakaḥ, sihlaḥ, yāvanaḥ, yakṣadhūpaḥ, sarjarasaḥ, rālaḥ, sarvarasaḥ, gandhapiśācikā   

ekaṃ miśritaṃ gandhadravyaṃ yasya jvalanena sugandhitaḥ dhūmaḥ jāyate।

dhūpaṃ gandhavartikādīñca prajvālya bhagavataḥ pūjanaṃ kriyate।

ṣad

mārgadarśakaḥ, pathadarśakaḥ, upadeśakaḥ, nirdeśakaḥ, nāyakaḥ, pragrahaḥ, mārgopadik, nirdeṣṭā, adhvadarśī, saṃcārayitā, nirṇetā, dhūrṣad, uddeśakaḥ, padavāyaḥ, ādeśakaḥ, prajñātā, mukhyaḥ, vicārakaḥ, vināyakaḥ, vinetā, voḍhā   

yaḥ mārgaṃ darśayati।

vayam ekaṃ kuśalaṃ mārgadarśakam anusarantaḥ agre agacchāma।

ṣad

mantripariṣad   

deśarājyasaṃsthādīnāṃ mantriṇāṃ samūhaḥ।

mantripariṣadi pradhānamantriṇaḥ sthānaṃ sarvoccaṃ bhavati।

ṣad

virecakaḥ, virecakam, virecakī, recakaḥ, recakam, recakī, koṣṭhavisraṃsanam, koṣṭhavisraṃsanaḥ, koṣṭhavisraṃsanā, malasārakam, auṣadhīyadravyam   

gadyaviśeṣaḥ, virekakārakaḥ।

paṭolapatraṃ pittaghnam nāḍī tasya kaphāpahā phalaṃ tasya tridoṣaghnaṃ mūlaṃ tasya virecakam

ṣad

animeṣadṛṣṭiḥ   

sthiradṛṣṭī।

prathamataḥ grāme āgatā maṅgalā animeṣadṛṣṭayā sarvaṃ paśyati।

ṣad

melā, melakaḥ, yātrā, samājaḥ; hadṛḥ, niṣadyā, nigamaḥ   

utsavādīnāṃ samaye vastvādīnāṃ krayavikrayārthaṃ kasmiñcit sthāne adhikānāṃ janānām ekatrīkaraṇam।

māghīpūrṇimāyāḥ dine prayāge melā bhavati।

ṣad

sūryakamalam, bhrāmakaḥ, vidhātrāyuḥ, veṣadānaḥ, tapanacchadaḥ   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ- yasya puṣpāt tailaṃ nirmīyate।

sūryakamalasya tailaṃ vyañjanārthe upayujyate।

ṣad

rajanīgandhā, dviṣadā, nalikā   

puṣpaviśeṣaḥ- suvāsikapuṣpaṃ yad rātrau eva vikasati।

rātrau sati eva upavanaṃ rajanīgandhāyāḥ gandhena anuvāsitaṃ bhavati।

ṣad

pariṣad   

niyuktānāṃ sadasyānāṃ sabhā।

pariṣadi sarve nirvācitāḥ sadasyāḥ upasthitāḥ na santi।

ṣad

pārṣadaḥ   

nirvācitaḥ sadasyaḥ।

asya bhāgasya pūrvaḥ pārṣadaḥ asmin samaye nirvācane parājitaḥ।

ṣad

śatāvarī, śatamūlī, bahusutā, abhīruḥ, indīvarī, varī, ṛṣyaproktā, bhīrupatrī, nārāyaṇī, aheruḥ, raṅgiṇī, śaṭī, dvīpiśatruḥ, ṛṣyagatā, śatapadī, pīvarī, dhīvarī, vṛṣyā, divyā, dīpikā, darakaṇṭhikā, sūkṣmapatrā, supatrā, bahumūlā, śatāhvayā, khāṭurasā, śatāhvā, laghuparṇikā, ātmaguptā, jaṭā, mūlā, śatavīryā, mahauṣadhī, madhurā, śatamūlā, keśikā, śatapatrikā, viśvasthā, vaiṇavī, pārṣṇī, vāsudevapriyaṅkarī, durmanyā, tailavallī, ṛṣyaproktā   

kṣupakavat vallīviśeṣaḥ।

śatāvaryāḥ mūlaṃ bījaṃ ca auṣadhanirmāṇāya upayujyate।

ṣad

śileya, śaileya, śaila, dṛṣadvat, śailya, śileya, śarkarika, śārkaraka, śārkara, dārṣada, citragrāvan, āśmika, āśmana, āśma, aśmavat, aśmanvat, śilāmaya, prastaramaya, aupala   

śilayā nirmitaḥ।

saṃgrahālaye mahātmanaḥ gāndhīmahodayasya bṛhatī śileyā pratimā āsīt।

ṣad

lakṣadvīpaḥ   

arabasāgare vartamānaḥ bhāratasya ekaḥ kendraśāsitapradeśaḥ।

lakṣadvīpe naike laghavaḥ dvīpāḥ santi।

ṣad

udbhidvidyā, oṣadhividyā, vṛkṣalatātṛṇādividyā, vṛkṣāyurvedaḥ   

tat śāstraṃ yasmin vṛkṣakṣupādīnām adhyayanaṃ kurvanti।

saṃyogitā udbhidvidyāyāḥ prādhyāpikā asti।

ṣad

īśopaniṣad, īśāvāśya upaniṣad, īśa   

pramukhā upaniṣad।

īśopaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

aitareyaḥ upaniṣad, aitareyaḥ   

pramukhā upaniṣad।

aitareyaḥ upaniṣad ṛgvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

kaṭhopaniṣad, kaṭhaḥ   

pramukhā upaniṣad yasyāṃ yamanaciketayoḥ saṃvādaḥ asti।

kaṭhopaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

kenopaniṣad   

aṣṭādaśa-upaniṣatasu ekaḥ upaniṣad;

kenopaniṣad sāmavedasya

ṣad

kauśītakī upaniṣad, kauśītakī   

pramukhā upaniṣad।

kauśītakī upaniṣad ṛgvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

chāndogyopaniṣad, chāndogya   

pramukhā upaniṣad।

chāndogyopaniṣad sāmavedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

taittirīya upaniṣad, taittirīya   

pramukhā upaniṣad।

taittirīya upaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

praśnopaniṣad, praśna   

pramukhā upaniṣad।

praśnopaniṣad atharvavedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad, bṛhadāraṇyaka   

pramukhā upaniṣad।

bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad yajurvedasya śatapathabrāhmaṇasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

māṇḍūkyopaniṣad, māṇḍūkyaḥ   

pramukhā upaniṣad।

māṇḍūkyopaniṣad atharvavedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

muṇḍakopaniṣad, muṇḍakaḥ   

pramukhā upaniṣad।

muṇḍakopaniṣad atharvavedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

maitrāyaṇī-upaniṣad, maitrāyaṇyupaniṣad, maitrāyaṇī   

pramukhā upaniṣad।

maitrāyaṇī-upaniṣad sāmavedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

śvetāśvataropaniṣad, śvetāśvataraḥ   

pramukhā upaniṣad।

śvetāśvataropaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

sārathiḥ, rathakuṭumbaḥ, rathakuṭumbikaḥ, rathakuṭumbī, rathavāhakaḥ, prājakaḥ, yugyavāhaḥ, yuñjānaḥ, dhūrṣad   

yaḥ turagarathaṃ cālayati।

sārathiḥ aśvaṃ turagarathe badhnāti।

ṣad

brahmopaniṣad, brahmaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

brahmopaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

kaivalyopaniṣad, kaivalya   

ekā upaniṣad।

kaivalyopaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

jābālopaniṣad, jābāla   

yajurvedasambaddhā upaniṣad।

ācāryaḥ jābālopaniṣadam paṭhati।

ṣad

haṃsopaniṣad, haṃsa   

ekā upaniṣad।

haṃsopaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

āruṇeyopaniṣad, āruṇeya   

ekā upaniṣad।

āruṇeyopaniṣad sāmavedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

garbhopaniṣad, garbha   

ekā upaniṣad।

garbhopaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

nārāyaṇa-upaniṣad   

ekaḥ upaniṣad;

nārāyaṇa-upaniṣad yajurvedasya

ṣad

paramahaṃsopaniṣad, paramahaṃsa   

ekā upaniṣad।

paramahaṃsopaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

amṛta-bindu-upaniṣad, amṛta-bindu   

ekā upaniṣad।

amṛta-bindu-upaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

amṛta-nāda-upaniṣad, amṛta-nādaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

amṛta-nāda-upaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

atharva-śira-upaniṣad, atharva-śiraḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

atharva-śira-upaniṣad atharvavedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

atharva-śikha-upaniṣad, atharva-śikha   

ekā upaniṣad।

atharva-śikha upaniṣad atharvavedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

kauṣītakī-upaniṣad, kauṣītakī   

ekā upaniṣad।

kauṣītāki upaniṣad ṛgvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

bṛhajjābāla-upaniṣad, bṛhajjābālaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

bṛhajjābāla-upaniṣad atharvavedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

nṛsiṃhatāpanī-upaniṣad, nṛsiṃhatāpanī   

ekā upaniṣad।

nṛsiṃhatāpanī-upaniṣad atharva-vedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

kālāgnirudra-upaniṣad, kālāgnirudraḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

kālāgnirudra-upaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

maitreyī-upaniṣad, maitreyī   

ekā upaniṣad।

maitreyī-upaniṣad sāmavedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

subāla-upaniṣad, subālaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

subāla-upaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

kṣurika-upaniṣad, kṣurikaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad;

kṣurika-upaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

māntrika-upaniṣad, māntrikaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad;

māntrika-upaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

sarva-sāra-upaniṣad, sarva-sāra   

ekā upaniṣad।

sarva-sāra-upaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

nirālamba-upaniṣad, nirālambaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

nirālamba-upaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

śuka-rahasya-upaniṣad, śuka-rahasyaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad;

śuka-rahasya-upaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

vajra-sūci-upaniṣad, vajra-sūciḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

vajra-sūci-upaniṣad sāmavedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

tejo-bindu-upaniṣad, tejo-binduḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

tejo-bindu-upaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

nāda-bindu upaniṣad, nāda-binduḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

nāda-bindu-upaniṣad ṛgvedena sambaddhā।

ṣad

dhyānabindu-upaniṣad, dhyānabinduḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

dhyānabindu-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

brahmavidyā-upaniṣad, brahmavidyā   

ekā upaniṣad।

brahmavidyā-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

yogatattva-upaniṣad, yogatattvaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

yogatattva upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

ātmabodha-upaniṣad, ātmabodhaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad;

ātmabodha-upaniṣad ṛgvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

parivrāt-upaniṣad, parivrāt   

ekā upaniṣad।

parivrāt-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

tri-ṣikhi-upaniṣad, tri-ṣikhi   

ekā upaniṣad।

tri-ṣikhi-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

sītā-upaniṣad   

ekaḥ upaniṣad;

sītā-upaniṣad atharvavedasya

ṣad

yogacūḍa़ाmaṇi-upaniṣad, yogacūḍa़ाmaṇiḥ   

ekā upaniṣad;

yogacūḍa़āmaṇi-upaniṣad sāmavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

nirvāṇa-upaniṣad, nirvāṇa   

ekā upaniṣad।

nirvāṇa-upaniṣad ṛgvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

maṇḍalabrāhmaṇa-upaniṣad, maṇḍalabrāhmaṇaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad;

maṇḍalabrāhmaṇa-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

dakṣiṇāmūrti-upaniṣad, dakṣiṇāmūrtiḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

dakṣiṇāmūrti-upaniṣad yajurvedena samvandhitā।

ṣad

śarabha-upaniṣad, śarabhaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad;

śarabha upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā

ṣad

skandopaniṣad, skandaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad;

skandopaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

mahānārāyaṇopaniṣad, mahānārāyaṇa   

ekā upaniṣad;

mahānārāyaṇopaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

advayatārakopaniṣad, advayatārakaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

advayatārakopaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

rāmarahasyopaniṣad, rāmarahasyaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad;

rāmarahasyopaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

rāmatāpaṇi-upaniṣad, rāmatāpaṇiḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

rāmatāpaṇi-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

vāsudeva-upaniṣad, vāsudevaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

vāsudeva-upaniṣad sāmavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

mudgala-upaniṣad, mudgalaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

mudgala-upaniṣad ṛgvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

śāṇḍilya-upaniṣad, śāṇḍilya   

ekā upaniṣad।

śāṇḍilya-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

paiṅgala-upaniṣad, paiṅgala   

ekā upaniṣad।

paiṅgala-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

bhikṣuka-upaniṣad, bhikṣukaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

bhikṣuka-upaniṣad yajurvedena samvandhitā।

ṣad

mahat-upaniṣad, mahat   

ekā upaniṣad।

mahat-upaniṣad sāmavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

śārīraka-upaniṣad, śārīrakaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

śārīraka-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

yogaśikhā-upaniṣad, yogaśikhā   

ekā upaniṣad।

yogaśikhā upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

turīyātīta-upaniṣad, turīyātītaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

turīyātīta-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitaḥ।

ṣad

saṃnyāsa-upaniṣad, saṃnyāsa   

ekā upaniṣad।

saṃnyāsa-upaniṣad sāmavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

paramahaṃsa-parivrājaka upaniṣad, paramahaṃsa-parivrājakaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

paramahaṃsa-parivrājaka-upaniṣad atharvavedasya bhāgaḥ।

ṣad

akṣamālika-upaniṣad, akṣamālikaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

akṣamālika-upaniṣad ṛgvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

avyakta-upaniṣad, avyaktaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

avyakta-upaniṣad sāmavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

ekākṣara-upaniṣad, ekākṣaraḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

ekākṣara-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

annapūrṇa-upaniṣad, annapūrṇa   

ekā upaniṣad।

annapūrṇa-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

sūrya-upaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad।

sūrya-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

akṣi-upaniṣad   

kṛṣṇayajurvedasya ekaḥ upaniṣad;

akṣi-upaniṣade praṇavasya mahattvam pratipāditam।

ṣad

adhyātmā-upaniṣad, adhyātmā   

ekā upaniṣad।

adhyātmā-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

kuṇḍika-upaniṣad, kuṇḍikaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

kuṇḍika-upaniṣad sāmavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

sāvitri-upaniṣad, sāvitriḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

sāvitri-upaniṣad sāmavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

ātmā-upaniṣad, ātmā   

ekā upaniṣad।

ātmā-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

pāśupata-upaniṣad, pāśupataḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

pāśupata-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

parabrahma-upaniṣad, parabrahma   

ekā upaniṣad।

parabrahma-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

avadhūta upaniṣad, avadhūta   

ekā upaniṣad।

avadhūta-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

tripurātapani-upaniṣad, tripurātapaniḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

tripurātapani-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

devi upaniṣad, deviḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

devi-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

tripura-upaniṣad, tripuraḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

tripura-upaniṣad ṛgvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

kaṭharudra upaniṣad, kaṭharudra   

ekā upaniṣad।

kaṭharudra-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

bhāvana-upaniṣad, bhāvanaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

bhāvana-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

rudra-hṛdaya-upaniṣad, rudra-hṛdaya   

ekā upaniṣad।

rudra-hṛdaya-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

yoga-kuṇḍalini-upaniṣad, yoga-kuṇḍaliniḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

yoga-kuṇḍalini-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

bhasma upaniṣad, bhasmaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

bhasma-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

rudrākṣa upaniṣad, rudrākṣa   

ekā upaniṣad।

rudrākṣa-upaniṣad sāmavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

gaṇapati upaniṣad, gaṇapati   

ekā upaniṣad;

gaṇapati-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

darśana upaniṣad, darśana   

ekā upaniṣad।

darśana-upaniṣad sāmavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

tārasāra-upaniṣad, tārasāraḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

tārasāra-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

mahāvākya-upaniṣad, mahāvākyaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

mahāvākyaupaniṣad atharvavedena sambanghitā।

ṣad

pañca-brahma-upaniṣad, pañca-brahma   

ekā upaniṣad।

pañca-brahma-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

prāṇāgni-hotra-upaniṣad, prāṇāgni-hotraḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

prāṇāgni-hotra-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

gopāla-tapaṇi-upaniṣad, gopāla-tapaṇiḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

gopāla-tapaṇi-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

kṛṣṇa-upaniṣad, kṛṣṇaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

kṛṣṇa-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

yājñavalkya-upaniṣad, yājñavalkyaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

yājñavalkya- upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

varāha-upaniṣad, varāha   

ekā upaniṣad।

varāha-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

śātyāyani-upaniṣad, śātyāyaniḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

śātyāyani-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

hayagrīva upaniṣad, hayagrīvaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

hayagrīva-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

dattātreya-upaniṣad, dattātreyaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

dattātreya-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

gāruḍa-upaniṣad, gāruḍaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

gāruḍa-upaniṣad atharvavedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

kali-saṇṭāraṇa-upaniṣad, kali-saṇṭāraṇaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

kali-saṇṭāraṇa-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

jābāla-upaniṣad, jābālaḥ   

sāmavedasambandhinī ekā upaniṣad।

śyāmaḥ jābāla-upaniṣadaṃ paṭhati।

ṣad

saubhāgya-upaniṣad, saubhāgyaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

saubhāgya-upaniṣad ṛgvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

sarasvatī-rahasya-upaniṣad, sarasvatī-rahasyaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

sarasvatī-rahasya-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

bahvṛca-upaniṣad, bahvṛcaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

bahvṛca-upaniṣad ṛgvedena sambandhitā।

ṣad

muktikā, muktikopaniṣad, muktikā upaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad yasyāṃ mokṣasya viṣaye vivecanaṃ vartate।

yajurvedāntargatā muktikā upaniṣad।

ṣad

pakṣadvāram, morikā   

laghu dvāram।

pakṣadvāreṇa gamanārthaṃ saḥ śirasam ānamitavān।

ṣad

grāmapariṣad   

grāmasya niyuktānāṃ pratinidhīnāṃ pariṣad।

grāmapariṣad grāmasya svacchatāyāḥ kāryaṃ karoti grāmīṇānāṃ kalahān ca niṣpādayati।

ṣad

viṣamaya, viṣada, viṣajuṣṭa, viṣavat, viṣabhṛt, viṣālu, garalin, viṣadhara, saviṣa   

yasya prabhāvaḥ viṣamiva asti।

teṣāṃ mṛtyuḥ bahirbhūtānāṃ viṣamayānām auṣadhānāṃ sevanena abhavat।

ṣad

somaḥ, candraḥ, śaśāṅkaḥ, induḥ, mayaṅkaḥ, kalānidhiḥ, kalānāthaḥ, kalādharaḥ, himāṃśuḥ, candramāḥ, kumudabāndhavaḥ, vidhuḥ, sudhāṃśuḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, oṣadhīśaḥ, niśāpatiḥ, abjaḥ, jaivātṛkaḥ, somaḥ, glauḥ, mṛgāṅkaḥ, dvijarājaḥ, śaśadharaḥ, nakṣatreśaḥ, kṣapākaraḥ, doṣākaraḥ, niśīthinīnāthaḥ, śarvarīśaḥ, eṇāṅkaḥ, śītaraśmiḥ, samudranavanītaḥ, sārasaḥ, śvetavāhanaḥ, nakṣatranāmiḥ, uḍupaḥ, sudhāsūtiḥ, tithipraṇīḥ, amatiḥ, candiraḥ, citrāṭīraḥ, pakṣadharaḥ, rohiṇīśaḥ, atrinetrajaḥ, pakṣajaḥ, sindhujanmā, daśāśvaḥ, māḥ, tārāpīḍaḥ, niśāmaṇiḥ, mṛgalāñchanaḥ, darśavipat, chāyāmṛgadharaḥ, grahanemiḥ, dākṣāyaṇīpati, lakṣmīsahajaḥ, sudhākaraḥ, sudhādhāraḥ, śītabhānuḥ, tamoharaḥ, tuśārakiraṇaḥ, pariḥ, himadyutiḥ, dvijapatiḥ, viśvapsā, amṛtadīdhitiḥ, hariṇāṅkaḥ, rohiṇīpatiḥ, sindhunandanaḥ, tamonut, eṇatilakaḥ, kumudeśaḥ, kṣīrodanandanaḥ, kāntaḥ, kalāvān, yāminījatiḥ, sijraḥ, mṛgapipluḥ, sudhānidhiḥ, tuṅgī, pakṣajanmā, abdhīnavanītakaḥ, pīyūṣamahāḥ, śītamarīciḥ, śītalaḥ, trinetracūḍāmaṇiḥ, atrinetrabhūḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, parijñāḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, valakṣaguḥ, tuṅgīpatiḥ, yajvanāmpatiḥ, parvvadhiḥ, kleduḥ, jayantaḥ, tapasaḥ, khacamasaḥ, vikasaḥ, daśavājī, śvetavājī, amṛtasūḥ, kaumudīpatiḥ, kumudinīpatiḥ, bhūpatiḥ, dakṣajāpatiḥ, oṣadhīpatiḥ, kalābhṛt, śaśabhṛt, eṇabhṛt, chāyābhṛt, atridṛgjaḥ, niśāratnam, niśākaraḥ, amṛtaḥ, śvetadyutiḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ;

patitaṃ somamālokya brahmā lokapitāmahaḥ[śa.ka]

ṣad

kṣadanam   

pāṣāṇe kāṣṭhe hastidante vā chedanaṃ kṛtvā teṣu nirmitā mūrtiḥ।

mandirasya stambhe kṛtaṃ kṣadanaṃ mandirasya vaiśiṣṭyam asti।

ṣad

pariṣad   

samitiviśeṣaḥ yā paryavekṣaṇaṃ kartuṃ śaknoti।

pariṣadaḥ nirṇayaḥ sarvamānyaḥ bhaviṣyati।

ṣad

sabhā, pariṣad, samitiḥ   

vicāra-vimarśārthaṃ janānām ekatrīkaraṇam।

sabhāyāṃ bhinnān viṣayān adhikṛtya vicāra-vimarśaḥ jātaḥ।

ṣad

medā, medodbhavā, jīvanī, śreṣṭhā, maṇicchidrā, vibhāvarī, vasā, svalpaparṇikā, medaḥsārā, snehavatī, medinī, madhurā, snigdhā, medhā, dravā, sādhvī, śalyadā, bahurandhrikā, puruṣadantikā, jīvanī   

auṣadhiviśeṣaḥ।

medā jvarasya nivāraṇārtham upayuktā bhavati।

ṣad

dṛṣadvatī   

paurāṇikī mahilā।

dṛṣadvatī viśvāmitrasya patnī āsīt।

ṣad

dṛṣadvatī   

prācīnā nadī yā idānīṃ tu luptā jātā।

dṛṣadvatyāḥ varṇanaṃ ṛgvede asti।

ṣad

niṣadhāvatī, niṣadhāvatīnadī   

paurāṇikīnadīviśeṣaḥ yasyāḥ prabhavaḥ vindhyaparvatāt asti iti manyate।

niṣadhāvatyāḥ varṇanaṃ mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe asti।

ṣad

auṣadhavikretā   

yaḥ auṣadhaṃ vikrīṇāti।

auṣadhavikretṛbhiḥ karmanyāsaḥ kṛtaḥ।

ṣad

pṛṣadaśvaḥ   

paurāṇikaḥ rājarṣiviśeṣaḥ।

pṛṣadaśvasya varṇanaṃ mahābhārate prāpyate।

ṣad

aśmanvat, aśmavat, āśma, āśmana, āśmika, aupala, citragrāvan, dārṣada, dṛṣadvata, śileya, śaileya, śailya   

aśmanā yuktam kimapi।

aśmanvān mārgaḥ asti tasmin devālayaṃ prati।

ṣad

amṛtabindūpaniṣad   

upaniṣadaḥ bhedaḥ।

atharvavedīyāḥ amṛtabindūpaniṣadam anusaranti।

ṣad

vatsanābhaḥ, viṣam, ugram, mahauṣadham, garalam, māraṇam, stauṅkakam   

viṣavṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

vatsanābhasya mūlebhyaḥ viṣaṃ prāpyate।

ṣad

plakṣadvīpaḥ   

viṣṇupurāṇānusāreṇa saptadvīpeṣu ekaḥ।

plakṣadvīpaḥ jambudvīpāt dviguṇitaḥ asti।

ṣad

mokṣadāyin   

mokṣaṃ dadāti iti।

īśvarabhaktiḥ mokṣadāyinī asti।

ṣad

kṣadanam   

abhilekhanena nirmitaṃ śilpam।

mandirasya bhittikāyāṃ kṣadanaṃ śobhate।

ṣad

krikeṭaniyantrakapariṣad   

krikeṭakrīḍāsambaddhā pariṣad।

krikeṭakrīḍāyāṃ bhāgam āvahantaḥ pratyekasya deśasya krikeṭaniyantrakapariṣad asti।

ṣad

vidhānapariṣad   

keṣucit bhāratīyeṣu rājyeṣu lokatantrasya ekā pratinidhisabhā yasyāḥ sadasyāḥ apratyakṣanirvācanadvārā nirvācitāḥ bhavanti tathā ca kecana sadasyāḥ rājyapāladvārā niyuktāḥ bhavanti।

vidhānapariṣad vidhānamaṇḍalasya ekam aṅgam asti yasyāḥ sadasyānāṃ kāryakālaḥ ṣaṇṇāṃ varṣāṇāṃ bhavati।

ṣad

kendrīya-bhūmigata-jala-pariṣad   

bhūmigatajalasambandhān viṣayān nirṇetuṃ nirmitā ekā kendrīyā pariṣad।

rameśasya pitā kendrīya-bhūmigata-jala-pariṣadaḥ sadasyaḥ asti।

ṣad

saṃyukta-rāṣṭra-surakṣā-pariṣad   

sā surakṣāpariṣad yā saṃyuktarāṣṭradvārā prasthāpitā asti।

saṃyukta-rāṣṭra-surakṣā-pariṣadaḥ kāryaṃ antarrāṣṭrīyaśānti tathā ca surakṣā iti asti।

ṣad

pṛṣadaśvaḥ   

vyaktiviśeṣaḥ ।

pravaravāṅmaye tathā ca mahābhārate pṛṣadaśvasya tasya śiṣyānāṃ ullekhaḥ vidyate

ṣad

pṛṣadaśvaḥ   

virūpasya putraḥ ।

bhāgavatapurāṇe pṛṣadaśvaḥ samullikhitaḥ

ṣad

pṛṣadaśvaḥ   

an-raṇyasya putraḥ tathā ca hary-śvasya pitā ।

viṣṇupurāṇe pṛṣadaśvaḥ varṇita:

ṣad

yathā॒ somaṃ॒ daśa॑śipre॒ daśo॑ṇye॒ syūma॑raśmā॒vṛjū॑nasi॥pṛṣadhraḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

ṛgvede pṛṣadhraḥ samullikhitaḥ/pṛṣa॑dhre॒ medhye॑ māta॒riśva॒nīndra॑ suvā॒ne ama॑ndathāḥ

ṣad

gardabhī, sitakaṇṭakārikā, śvetā, kṣetradūtī, lakṣmaṇā, sitasiṃhī, sitakṣudrā, kṣudravārtākinī, sitā, siktā, kaṭuvārtākinī, kṣetrajā, kapaṭeśvarī, niḥsnehaphalā, vāmā, sitakaṇṭhā, mahauṣadhī, candrikā, cāndrī, priyaṅkarī, nākulī, durlabhā, rāsnā śvetakaṇṭakārī   

ekā latā asyā guṇāḥ rucyatvaṃ kaṭutvaṃ kaphavātanāśitvaṃ cakṣuṣyatvaṃ dīpanatvaṃ rasaniyāmakatvaṃ ca ।

gardabhyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṣad

pariṣad   

ekaḥ grāmaḥ ।

pariṣad uttaradiśi āsīt

ṣad

vṛṣadaṃśaḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

vṛṣadaṃśasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

ṣad

vṛṣadevaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

vṛṣadevasya ullekhaḥ praśastiṣu asti

ṣad

vṛṣadguḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

vṛṣadgoḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

puruṣadantikā   

ekaṃ mūlam ।

puruṣadantikā iti bheṣajārthe upayuktaṃ mūlaṃ vartate

ṣad

pṛṣadaśvaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

pṛṣadaśvasya ullekhaḥ pravaragranthe tathā ca mahābhārate vartate

ṣad

pṛṣadaśvaḥ   

anraṇyasya putraḥ ।

pṛṣadaśvaḥ haryaśvasya pitā āsīt

ṣad

pṛṣadaśvaḥ   

virūpasya putraḥ ।

pṛṣadaśvasya ullekhaḥ bhāgavatapurāṇe vartate

ṣad

śākaṭāyanopaniṣadbhāṣyam   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

śākaṭāyanopaniṣadbhāṣyasya racayitā śaṅkarācāryaḥ

ṣad

kṛṣṇapuruṣottamasiddhāntopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

kṛṣṇapuruṣottamasiddhāntopaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṣad

kṛṣṇopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

kṛṣṇopaniṣadi bhagavataḥ śrīkṛṣṇasya varṇanaṃ vartate

ṣad

pṛṣadaśvaḥ   

vyaktiviśeṣaḥ ।

pravaravāṅmaye tathā ca mahābhārate pṛṣadaśvasya tasya śiṣyānāṃ ullekhaḥ vidyate

ṣad

pṛṣadaśvaḥ   

bhagavān śivaḥ ।

śivagītāyāṃ pṛṣadaśvaḥ vistāreṇa varṇitaḥ

ṣad

pṛṣadaśvaḥ   

virūpasya putraḥ ।

bhāgavatapurāṇe pṛṣadaśvaḥ samullikhitaḥ

ṣad

pṛṣadaśvaḥ   

an-raṇyasya putraḥ tathā ca hary-śvasya pitā ।

viṣṇupurāṇe pṛṣadaśvaḥ varṇita:

ṣad

yathā॒ somaṃ॒ daśa॑śipre॒ daśo॑ṇye॒ syūma॑raśmā॒vṛjū॑nasi॥ pṛṣadhraḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

ṛgvede pṛṣadhraḥ samullikhitaḥ/pṛṣa॑dhre॒ medhye॑ māta॒riśva॒nīndra॑ suvā॒ne ama॑ndathāḥ

ṣad

kṛṣṇapuruṣottamasiddhāntopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

kṛṣṇapuruṣottamasiddhāntopaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṣad

kṛṣṇopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

kṛṣṇopaniṣadi bhagavataḥ śrīkṛṣṇasya varṇanaṃ vartate

ṣad

keneṣitopaniṣad, kenopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

keneṣitopaniṣad prasiddha-daśa-upaniṣatsu ekā upaniṣad asti

ṣad

kevalabrahmopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

kevalabrahmopaniṣad kośe ullikhitā asti

ṣad

kaulopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

kaulopaniṣad kośe ullikhitā asti

ṣad

kauṣītakyupaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

kauṣītakyupaniṣad kośe ullikhitā dṛśyate

ṣad

kṣurikopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

kṣurikopaniṣad atharvavedasya upaniṣad asti

ṣad

śrībhāṣyodāhṛtopaniṣadvākyavivaraṇam   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

śrībhāṣyodāhṛtopaniṣadvākyavivaraṇasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

ṣaṭpraśnopaniṣadbhāṣyam   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

ṣaṭpraśnopaniṣadbhāṣyasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

bhasmajābālopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

bhasmajābālopaniṣad upaniṣatsu ekā upaniṣat

ṣad

keneṣitopaniṣad, kenopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

keneṣitopaniṣad prasiddha-daśa-upaniṣatsu ekā upaniṣad asti

ṣad

kevalabrahmopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

kevalabrahmopaniṣad kośe ullikhitā asti

ṣad

kaulopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

kaulopaniṣad kośe ullikhitā asti

ṣad

kauṣītakyupaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

kauṣītakyupaniṣad kośe ullikhitā dṛśyate

ṣad

kṣurikopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

kṣurikopaniṣad atharvavedasya upaniṣad asti

ṣad

gaṇapatipūrvatāpanīyopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

gaṇapatipūrvatāpanīyopaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṣad

gaṇapatyupaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

gaṇapatyupaniṣadaḥ kośe ullikhitaḥ asti

ṣad

garuḍopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

garuḍopaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṣad

gopālatāpanīyopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

gopālatāpanīyopaniṣad vaiṣṇava-upaniṣatsu ekā upaniṣad asti

ṣad

gopīcandanopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

gopīcandanopaniṣad vaiṣṇava-upaniṣad asti

ṣad

gorakṣadāsaḥ   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

gorakṣadāsasya ullekhaḥ abhilekhe dṛśyate

ṣad

kumbhatumbī , gandhabahulā , gopālī , gorakṣadugdhā , dīrghadaṇḍī, sarpadaṇḍī , sudaṇḍikā, citralā , dīrgha-daṇḍī, pañca-parṇikā   

naikeṣāṃ kṣupānāṃ nāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

gorakṣī nāmnā prasiddhāḥ naike kṣupāḥ santi

ṣad

harṣadattaḥ   

lekhakanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

harṣadattaḥ iti nāmakānāṃ naikeṣāṃ lekhakānām ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

ṣad

harṣadattasūnuḥ   

lekhakanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

harṣadattasūnuḥ iti nāmakānāṃ naikeṣāṃ lekhakānām ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

ṣad

harṣadevaḥ   

ekaḥ kaviḥ ।

harṣadevasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

harṣadevaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

harṣadevasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

harṣadharaḥ   

lekhakanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

harṣadharaḥ iti nāmakānāṃ naikeṣāṃ lekhakānām ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

ṣad

saurakāyaṇopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

saurakāyaṇopaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

puruṣadattaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

puruṣadattasya ullekhaḥ mudrārākṣase asti

ṣad

kaṭhopaniṣadbhāṣyaṭīkāvivaraṇam   

kaṭhopaniṣadbhāṣyasya ṭīkā ।

kaṭhopaniṣadbhāṣyaṭīkāvivaraṇasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

kaṭhopaniṣadbhāṣyaṭīkā   

kaṭhopaniṣadbhāṣyasya ṭīkā ।

kaṭhopaniṣadbhāṣyaṭīkāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

oṣadhīsūktam   

ekaṃ sūktam ।

oṣadhīsūktasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

tejobindūpaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

tejobindūpaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṣad

aitareyopaniṣadbhāṣyam   

aitareyopaniṣadaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

aitareyopaniṣadbhāṣyasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

ṣadguḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

ṛṣadgoḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

ṣad

upoṣadhaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

upoṣadhasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

ṣad

utpoṣadhaḥ   

prācīnaḥ ekaḥ rājā ।

utpoṣadhasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

ṣad

padmopaniṣaddīpikā   

padmopaniṣadaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

padmopaniṣaddīpikāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

padmopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

padmopaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

pāśupatopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

pāśupatopaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

pāśupatabrahmopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

pāśupatabrahmopaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

pakṣadharamiśraḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

pakṣadharamiśrasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

naiṣadhānandanāṭakam   

ekaṃ nāṭakam ।

naiṣadhānandanāṭakasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

naiṣadhaprakāśaḥ   

naiṣadhīya-caritasya ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

naiṣadhaprakāśasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

naiṣadhaḥ   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

naiṣadhānām ullekhaḥ mahābhārate viṣṇupurāṇe ca asti

ṣad

naiṣadhaḥ   

ekaḥ rājavaṃśa ।

naiṣadhasya ullekhaḥ bhāgavatapurāṇe asti

ṣad

nīlarudropaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

nīlarudropaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

niṣad   

ekā sāhityikā kṛtiḥ ।

niṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

ṣad

cityupaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

cityupaniṣad kośe ullikhitā vartate

ṣad

tadevopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad yasyāḥ prārambhaḥ tad eva iti śabdena bhavati ।

tadevopaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

tejobindūpaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

tejobindūpaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṣad

dakṣiṇāmūrtyupaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

dakṣiṇāmūrtyupaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṣad

dattatreyāpaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

dattatreyāpaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṣad

dattopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

dattopaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṣad

daśopaniṣadbhāṣyaḥ   

ekā ṭīkā ।

daśopaniṣadbhāṣyaḥ ānandatīrthena racitaḥ

ṣad

draviḍopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

draviḍopaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṣad

dvayopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

dvayopaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṣad

dvātriṃśadupaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

dvātriṃśadupaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṣad

dhyānabindupaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

dhyānabindūpaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

tālopaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti   

tālopaniṣad ।

ekā upaniṣad

ṣad

devatarasya ullekhaḥ jaiminīya-upaniṣadi asti   

devatara ।

ekaḥ śikṣakaḥ

ṣad

nāradopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

nāradopaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

nārasiṃhaṣaṭcakryupaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

nārasiṃhaṣaṭcakryupaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

draviḍopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

draviḍopaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

nārāyaṇātharvaṇaśīrṣopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

nārāyaṇātharvaṇaśīrṣopaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṣad

nārāyaṇopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

nārāyaṇopaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti









Parse Time: 1.583s Search Word: ṣad Input Encoding: IAST: ṣad